,0o ! o O x *5 "^ ^ " ^v •^ 4 : ■ OCT ' / 8 1 A .-x x ^ V ° ° * Hf . %e. oi ^ ^ % A PASTOR'S LEGACY. • PASTOR'S LEGACY SERMONS ON PRACTICAL SUBJECTS. BY THE LATE y REV. ERSKINE MASON, D.D., PASTOR OF THE BLEBOEER 8TEKET PEESBYTEEIAN" CHCROH, IN THE CITY OF NBW TORE. WITH A BRIEF MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR, BY REV. WILLIAM ADAMS, D.D. .NEW YORK: CHARLES SCRIBNER, 145 NASSAU STREET. 1853. 8 oF CONGRESS Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1852, by CHAELES S K I E In E LI . In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of th? United State? for the Southern District of New York. Printed by W . BENEDICT 201 William Street, -THESE DISCOURSES ARE AFFECTIONATELY INSCRIBED TO THE PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH AND CONGREGATION IN BLEECKER STREET, NEW YORK. FOR WHOSE BENEFIT THEY WERE ORIGINALLY PREPARED Bg tg>at fag-tea: WHOSE FACE THEY WILL SEE NO MORE, BUT WHOSE WORDS SPOKEN^. UNTO THEM WHILE HE WAS YET WITH THEM, THEY MUST EVER DESIRE TO HOLD IN GRATEFUL REMEMBRANCE." INTRODUCTORY NOTICE, The da} 7 before his decease, Dr. Mason expressed the wish that he had selected a few of his discourses, to be bequeathed as a token of affectionate regard for his people. It was then too late for him to undertake the selection. After his death the desire was very generally expressed, and especially by those who had been privi- leged to sit under his ministry, that a permanent form might be given to those thoughts, which had been to so many the source of profit and delight. By some of his professional brethren, it was proposed that his dis- courses should be arranged and published in the form of a System of Divinity. Meanwhile, those who were more immediately interested, were desirous of a less pre- tending volume, containing some of those more practical Sermons, which were still fresh in their remembrance. But who should select them ? and on what principle should they be selected, when all were of such uni- form merit? The feelings of an auditor are not the best criterion of a pulpit performance. The degree of interest felt in one discourse, more than another, may be Vlll INTRODUCTORY NOTICE. owing to some peculiarity in the bearer's own circum- stances, rather than any extraordinary excellence in the discourse itself. The collection of Sermons left by Dr. Mason was large ; and there was no clue to the judgment which their author put upon his own productions, or the principle, according to which, he would have made a selection from them for publication. The responsibility of choosing from a thousand manu- scripts, any one of which, for aught that appeared, was nei- ther superior nor inferior to all the rest, was devolved on the liev. Dr. Yan Yechten, of Schenectady, the brother-in-law of Dr. Mason ; and the present volume exhibits the result of his decision. The first Sermon in the collection was the last ever preached by its lamented author, as described in the accompanying Memoir. Full of pathos as were the circumstances in which it was delivered, and as is every sentence which it contains, the reader must not expect to discover in a discourse prepared in the debility of the sick chamber, that march and method of style which characterized the productions of the same author, in the fulness of intellectual and physical strength. CONTENTS. I. Page Death in the Midst of Life . ... 1 II. The Nature and Design of the Crucifixion Scene 15 nx "The Lamb Slain in the Midst of the Throne" 36 IY. Reasons for Embracing the Gospel . . .58 Y. The Guilt of Unbelief 80 YL Peace in Believing ...... 103 YII. Peace in Believlng .125 B X CONTENTS. YIII. Page. Supports of Faith amid the Mysteries of Peovi- DENCE . . 145 f IX. Moses on the Mount 166 X. The Life to Come 186 XL Preparation foe " The Life which is to Come," Heaven 206 XII. The Day of Geace 227 XIII. The !N~atuee of the Atonement . . . .249 XIY. Extent of toe Atonement .... 2T1 XY. Man Unwilling to be saved .... 294 XYI. A Stifled Conscience ...... SIT COXTENTS. XI XVII. Page Resisting- the Spirit 340 XYIIL The Sin against the Holy Ghost . . .363 XIX. Judas Iscahiot ; or, the Consequences of a World- ly Spirit ....... 386 XX. Judas Iscakiot ; os, The Power of Conscience 40? XXI. History of Saul 428 XXH. Abused Peiyileges . . . . . .451 MEMOIR. The life of a Christian minister never can be written. Its incidents may be easily mentioned, for they are few. His parentage, birth, education, conversion, ordination, preaching, illness and death, comprise the whole. The whole? His real life consists not in striking and startling events. When the streams are flushed with the spring-freshet, overflowing the banks and sweeping away the dams and the bridges, the marvel is heralded in every newspaper ; but when the same streams flow quietly along their ordinary channels, making the meadows to smile with verdure, refreshing the roots of the trees and turning the wheels of the mill, they excite no remark, even though their tranquil flow awakens a grateful admiration. Sum up the professional labours of a minister, and give the pro- duct in so many sermons, written and delivered ! XIV MEMOIR OF THE ATJTHOE. As well attempt to gather up the rain, meas- ure and weigh it. A certain amount of water you may show, but what of the moisture which has been absorbed by the tender vegetable, and the leaves of the trees ? The life of a preacher is spent in ad- dressing the intellect and conscience of his fellow- men. Ten, twenty, thirty years has he preached. How many thoughts, in how many minds has he suggested during such a period ! What manifold judgments and purposes, what great hopes and wise fears have had their origin in his own thoughts and words ! What sayings of his have been lodged in men's minds, which have worked in secret about the roots of character! Even while despondent him- self, because so few visible results of his toil are re- vealed, his opinions by insensible degrees are grow- ing into the convictions of others, and his own life is infused into the life * of a whole generation. It is a peculiarity of his position that he touches the life of his people at those points which are the most memorable and important in their existence. He unites them in marriage ; baptizes their children, and buries their dead. He dies, and is soon forgot- ten by the world. The sable drapery which was hung about his pulpit on his funeral day is taken down; his successor is chosen and installed, and the tide of life rolls on as before. But he is not forgotten by all. His life is not all lost and dissi- MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. XV pated. As the manners of a father are acted over in his son, and the smile of a mother will brighten again, after she is dead, on the face of her daughter, so will the sentiments of a minister "be transmitted after his ministry is closed, his words be repeat- ed after he has ceased to speak, and all his hopes and wishes live again in other hearts, long af- ter his own beats no more. His biography will not be finished nor disclosed till that day when the secrets of all hearts shall be revealed ; and the seals of his ministry will be set, like stars in the firmament for ever and ever. To accommodate to a Christian minister, the language employed by Mr. Coleridge, in reference to Bell, the founder of schools: — " Would I frame to myself the most inspirating re- presentation of future bliss, which my mind is ca- pable of comprehending, it would be embodied to me in the idea of such an one receiving at some distant period, the appropriate reward of his earthly labors, when thousands of glorified spirits, whose reason and conscience had, through his efforts, been unfolded, shall sing the song of their own redemp- tion, and pouring forth praise to God and to their Saviour, shall repeat his 'new name' in heaven, give thanks for his earthly virtues, as the chosen instrument of divine mercy to themselves, and not seldom, perhaps, turning their eyes toward Mm, as from the sun to its image in the fountain, with XVI MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. secondary gratitude and the permitted utterance of a human love." There is a wide difference between a Pastor and an Evangelist. To affirm that the latter is never needed and never useful, would be to doubt the truth of the Scriptures and scoff at the Providence of God. The writings of George Herbert prove how early and how deeply imbedded in the Eng- lish mind, was that conception of the sacred office which is embodied in the idea of one teacher minis- tering to one people ; a relation well described by that significant word Pastor, obviously borrowed from the employment of a shepherd feeding his flock. It was one of the very earliest of English bards, the father of English poetry, who wrote that descrip- tion of a Parish Priest. " Yet has his aspect nothing of severe, But such his face as promised him sincere ; Nothing reserved or sullen was to see, But sweet regard and pleasing sanctity. Mild was his accent, and his action free, With eloquence innate his tongue was arm'd, Though harsh the precept, yet the preacher charm 'd ; For letting down the golden chain from high, He drew his audience upwards to the sky. He taught the gospel rather than the law, And forc'd himself to drive, but lov'd to draw. The tithes his parish freely paid he took, But never sued or curs'd with bell and book. Wide was his parish, nor contracted close MEMOIK OF THE AUTHOK. XV11 In streets ; but here and there a straggling house. J Yet still he was at hand without request, To serve the sick and succour the distress'd ; The proud he tamed, the penitent he cheer'd, Nor to rebuke the rich offender fear'd. His preaching much, but more his practice wrought, A living sermon of the truths he^taught." — Chaucer. That confidence which is born of intimate ac- quaintance, familiar intercourse, and friendly sym- pathy, contributes more to ministerial influence than the meteoric display of occasional eloquence. " A stranger will they not follow." But it was of quite another thing that I intended to speak when comparing the life of a pastor and evangelist. The latter visits a city for the first time, and preaches with a frequency and power which excite amaze- ment. The secular press heralds it as little short of miraculous that a mortal should be able with no apparent exhaustion, day after day, and night after night, to address changing crowds. The truth is that such an one is leading a life of intellectual recreation. He repeats the same discourses over and over again in the course of his itinerancy, till they are as familiar to his memory, and facile to his utterance as the letters of the alphabet, and he has grown expert in every expression, gesture and intonation. It was the testimony of David Garrick that the sermons of "Whitfield, as specimens of ora- torical art, never reached their fullest power till XV1U MEMOIE OF THE AUTHOK. the fiftieth repetition. What, for intellectual expen- diture is such a career compared with the life of a pastor, preaching to the same congregation two or three times a week, month after month, year after year, with increasing interest, profit and power ! The late Mr. Sargeant of Philadelphia, after delight- ing an audience with a lecture on some moral topic, declared to a friend that, for the labour involved, he w r ould prefer to speak at the bar, six times in a week, on cases made to his hand, in the ordinary course of his profession, than prepare one popular lecture on any point on the philosojDhy of law, once in a month. To the latter the weekly prepa- rations of a minister are the most analogous, yet how few, among the most intelligent, pause to re- flect what is implied in the intellectual labours of a pastor like the subject of this memoir, protracted through twenty years, in connexion with the same congregation, with ever-increasing freshness, no- velty and delight. After all, what a poor exponent of a minister's influence is a volume of his sermons ! However elaborate their construction, and finished their style, they are but the residuum of a sparkling cup. Those who read what once they lieard, inva- riably confess to a feeling of disappointment, and can with difficulty be persuaded that the sentences over which their eye passes so languidly, on the MEMOIK OF THE AUTHOE. XIX printed page, are the very same which, upon their delivery from the pulpit, fresh from the heart and lips of their author, were as a chariot of fire to the devout auditor. The truth is, there is a keeping "between the thinking and the speaking of a preacher. His manner may violate all the rules of his art ; nevertheless, it is Ms own, and no other can serve so well for the expression of himself. It is Ms emphasis and Ms intonation, Ms pause and Ms look, which alone can give the full and just expression of his own meaning. Think of a ser- mon of Leighton, its delicacy of sentiment shading off into pure spirituality, delivered by a Boanerges ; or a discourse of South, repeated tamely by an- other, without the author's own burning eye, sharp voice, and stabbing finger. One advantage, indeed, they may have, who reading the discourses of their pastor, but recently deceased, retain a distinct impression of his form, face and manner, seeming to hear the voice which stirred their hearts when he was living. This^ however, is but a shadowy resemblance of a once living reality, gone never to be renewed. "In fact, every attempt to present on paper the splendid effects of impassioned eloquence, is like gathering up dew-drops, which appear jewels and pearls on the grass, but run to water in the hand; the XX MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. essence and the elements remain, but the grace the sparkle and the form are gone." * Notwithstanding all these disadvantages, we have collected here some of the sermons of a distin- guished preacher, in the form of a Pastor's Legacy ; and before their author's form has mouldered away to ashes, the trembling hand of friendship would draw down the covering from the face of the dead, and try to sketch his features, for the recognition of those who knew him. Eeskine Mason was born in the city of New York, 16th April, 1805. He was the youngest child of Rev. John M. Mason, D. D., whose fame as a preacher is known on both continents. His mother, Mrs. Anna L. Mason, was the grand- daughter of Derick Lefferts, Esq., a prominent and affluent merchant of New York, with whom she resided, her father having died in her infancy. Mrs. Mason was admired from her youth for grace of manners, intelligence of mind, excellent discretion, and cheerful piety. Singularly fortunate in his ancestry, the subject of this memoir had for his paternal grandfather, Rev. John Mason, D. D., distinguished alike for his scholarship and eloquence. Born in the vicinity of Edinburgh, Scotland, receiving a thorough class- ical education, competent to write and speak the * James Montgomery, on Summerfield. MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. XXI Latin language, in his day the language of the lecture-room and of scholars, he was invited to the pastoral charge of the Scotch Presbyterian church in this city, at that time in Cedar-street. In that pulpit he continued to preach, till his son, Kev. John M. Mason, D. D., became his successor. De- scended from an ancestry so illustrious, we may apply to the subject of this memoir the words which Horace first addressed to Maecenas : " atavis edite regibus ;" and he followed them with no Iulian steps. Er- skine received his name as a tribute of the grateful respect entertained by his father for the late Kev. Dr. John Erskine of Edinburgh, from whom he had received many expresssions of kindness while prose- cuting his own theological studies in that city, near the close of the last century. The object of his father's indulgent and hopeful regard, " ten- der and beloved in the sight of his mother, 1 ' this youngest of a numerous family of children, dis- played in his boyhood more than common intelli- gence and spirit, which, being accompanied with no special love for study, or effort at sedateness, was the occasion of no small anxiety to his religious parents. In the twelfth year of his age he was removed from home to the family of his brother- in-law, Eev. Dr. Van Vechten, of Schenectady, and XX11 MEMOIR OF THE ATJTHOE. joined the school of Bev. Mr. Barnes. Dr. John- son has very justly said, "Not to mention the school or master of distinguished men, is a kind of historical fraud, by which honest fame is injuriously diminished." The life of Mr. Barnes needed not its tragic end (he was killed by the upsetting of a stage-coach, the day after he had preached on the uncertainty of life) to make his name memorable. The act of entering the school of this judicious teacher, in company with his own brother, James, always correct, high-minded and sedate, was the happy crisis in the life of Erskine, when he awoke to sober reflection and earnest purposes, like the visit of Sir Thomas Buxton to the family of the Gurney's, at Earlham Park. In consequence of impaired health, Dr. John M. Mason was constrained to exchange the pastoral office in this city for the Presidency of Dickinson College, at Carlisle, in Pennsylvania. Hither Erskine accompanied his father, and was entered a member of the College, in the fourteenth year of his age. And here I avail myself of the pen of Kev. Dr. Knox, senior pastor of the Beformed Dutch church of this city, the son-in-law of Dr. John M. Mason, who, in a discourse on the death of Bev. William Cahoone, some three years ago, expresses himself as follows: MEMOIR OF THE ATJTHOK. XX111 " A large number of choice young men of this city and its vicinity, attracted by their regard for the venerable President, and the faculty he had gathered around him, followed Dr. Mason to Car- lisle, and became members of the College. In the autumn of 1822, a son of the President, James Hall Ma-son, a youth of singular purity and eleva- tion of character, eminent promise and greatly be- loved, having just received his degree, and with the ministry in view, after a violent and brief illness, was taken away by death. The event produced a solemn and profound impression throughout the College. The heart-stricken father, who had a short time before parted with a beloved daughter, sat as one astonished. Clouds and darkness were round about the throne. The explanation was not yet. "When the bier on which lay the body of his deceased son was taken up by his young compan- ions, to be conveyed to the grave, as by involun- tary and uncontrollable impulse, he spake, ' Softly, young men, tread softly, ye carry a temple of the Holy Ghost !' u This dark and bereaving dispensation, in the wonder-working providence of God, was made the occasion and commencement of a work of grace, the extent and results of which eternity alone will be able to disclose. Of the students who then experienced a change of heart, and subsequently XXIV MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. devoted themselves to the ministry of Christ, a majority being of the senior class, I have been able to re call the names of fifteen ; among them many familiar to us all, such as Mr. Cahoone, Dr. Bethune of Philadelphia, Dr. Erskine Ma- son of this city, Dr. Morris of Baltimore, Bishop M'Coskry of Michigan, Messrs. Labagh of Long Island, Boice of Claverack, and others, with no less fidelity and usefulness occupying different and im- portant stations in the church. In addition to these, and of the same class with a majority of them, six young men are recollected, who were members of the church previous to the revival, but who proba- bly were more or less influenced during that scene, in devoting themselves to the ministry. These were President Young of Kentucky, Prof. Agnew of Michigan, Mr. Holmes, Missionary among the Chickasaws, Kev. Messrs. Whitehead and Vancleef of our church, and Kev. Mr. Williams, formerly of Salem, K Y." " Connected with this revival are various remark- able circumstances. It furnishes a chapter in God's gracious providence, which deserves to be had in admiring and grateful remembrance." " In its origin it was remarkable. It was as life from the dead. That which, to all human view, seemed to abstract from the anticipated services of the church, and to depress the hearts of the godly, ME3I0IR OF THE AUTHOE. XXV in the early translation of a youth, of high and holy promise, became the occasion in the dispensa- tions of Him who worketk all things according to the counsels of his own will, of quickening many souls, and sending into the vineyard of our Lord a band of faithful labourers, who have sustained the heat and burden of the day." " The work was remarkable in the fact, that although previously many of its subjects were very inconsiderate and heedless of their obliga- tions, and were the objects of great solicitude, those at least to whom we have referred as having been called to the ministry were, every one of them, from the bosom of Christian families, care- fully trained in the knowledge of divine things — sons on whose behalf prayer to God had ascended day by day continually." " Remarkable, in the fact, that, of so large a num- ber brought into the church at the same time, under all the excitement of such a scene, all have maintained their integrity, not one has fallen, or faltered, or backslidden. All have been useful, many of them eminently so." " Eemarkable, in the additional fact, that after the lapse of more than a quarter of a century, this hallowed band has now with a single exception, for the first time, so far as I have been able to ascer- tain, been invaded by death. "With this exception c XXVI MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. our brother Cahoone is the first of them all to be released from his labours, and taken to his recom- pense." Graduating in 1823 Erskine Mason spent a con- siderable part of the next year with his cousin, the late Eev. Dr. Duncan, of Baltimore, prosecuting his studies under the direction of that distinguished preacher. In the summer session of 1825 he re- sorted to Princeton, and connected himself with the middle class of the Theological Seminary in that place, where he completed his professional education. On the 20th October, 1826, he was ordained in the Scotch Presbyterian church in Cedar Street, by the second Presbytery of New- York, and in the next year was installed over the Presbyterian Church of Schenectady. On the 26th September, 1827, he was married by his father to Miss Mary McCoskry, daughter of Dr. Samuel A. McCoskry, and granddaughter of the celebrated Dr. Charles Nesbit, President of Dickinson College. Mrs. Mason survives her hus- band with three daughters and one son, all of suf- ficiently mature age to sympathize with their widowed mother in their common bereavement. Converted by the grace of God, educated for the Christian ministry, inducted into the sacred office, the true life of Dr. Mason now begins. With MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. XXV11 the highest models of pulpit eloquence before him, in his own father and grandfather ; deeply im- pressed with the sanctities and responsibilities of his profession, he appears from the very first to have proposed to himself no common-place medi- ocrity in his pulpit preparations, but eminence of the highest order. Though he was but twenty-one years of age at the time of his ordination, he in- tended that no one should " despise his youth ;" and that no measure of toil should be withheld which was necessary to prevent him as a " work- man " from being " ashamed." In a striking pas- sage in one of the Greek tragedies, a character is introduced expressing great surprise, that, amidst all the inventions and attainments of human science and art, there should be found so few to cultivate that art of persuasion which is the mistress of hu- man volition, and so the helm of human affairs. The pastor of an educated and intellectual congre- gation, — the faculty and students of Union College attending on his ministry, Dr. Mason neglected not that undervalued art of conviction, but addressed himself to the understanding of his hearers with a clearness of conception and a depth of thought, which, in the language of the venerable Dr. N"ott, " appeared wonderful in so young a man." " His power," such is the continued testimony of this dis- tinguished witness, " was chiefly felt in the pulpit. XXV111 MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. He appeared to Ibe conscious that his mission was to preach the gospel ; and in the performance of that duty he excelled. He was greatly beloved by his people, highly esteemed by the citizens gene- rally, and his removal from the place was regretted by all, and by none more than by the officers and members of Union College." The Bleecker Street Presbyterian Church, in New- York, gathered by the persevering labours of Kev. Matthias Bruen, was early called to weep over the remains of their accomplished pastor, who died on the 6th December, 1829, in the thirty-seventh year of his age. To the pastoral office of this church Dr. Mason was unanimously invited ; and to this new field was he transferred September 10th, 1830, with the experience of but three years in his profession ; and to this people, though often invited elsewhere, did he devote his best services, for more than twenty years, to the close of his life. At the time of his settle- ment over that people, the Bleecker St. Church was quite above the centre of the city population ; that tide of removal and growth which has since made such prodigious advances, scarcely having com- menced. An "up-town church," however, afforded accommodations and attractions to those who soon began to change their residence, and such was the ability displayed by the pastor in Bleecker Street, that it was not long before that church was en- MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. XXIX tirely filled ; and, for many years after, it occu- pied a position which gave it pre-eminent advan- tages over all other churches of the same de- nomination in the city. Nothing of opportunity was lacking on the one part, and nothing of talent, diligence, and success on the other. The congre- gations were large and intelligent, and every thing encouraged that purpose which the pastor had formed to devote himself to the one thing of a studious, careful, and excellent preparation for the pulpit. Others might [ grasp at a different prize, and select a different path, but the composition and delivery of good sermons was the object for which his taste, talent, and judgment of usefulness best qualified him. From that occupation he never suf- fered himself to be diverted. There are many extemporaneous sermons written out in full. With Dr. Mason, the composition of a discourse was never postponed to some anticipated uncertainty of favourable feeling, or to the last pressure of inevitable necessity. Before he had lost the im- pulse of one Sabbath he had begun the preparation for another. It was his deliberate judgment, that a minister, special cases only excepted, could serve his people the best, after preaching twice in the day, to pass the evening of the Sabbath at his own home ; and seldom did he retire that night without having decided upon the topic which was to be XXX MEMOIK OF THE AUTHOR. the subject of study and preparation throughout the week. Thus he never lost the headway he had gained ; neither weary himself, nor waste time in searching for subjects, or waiting for them " to come to him," as the phrase is which describes the suggestion of topics by accidental association. Adhering to the counsel of our great dramatist, " Stick to your journal course : the breach of custom Is breach of all," he has left a thousand sermons, (of their intel- lectual and theological excellencies I shall speak hereafter,) written entire in the perfection of pen- manship, as the proofs of the wise and faithful manner in which he occupied the pulpit. In versatility of talent he may have been ex- celled by others. The richest banker who can draw the largest check does not always carry about with him the greatest amount of small coin. Warmly social in his temperament, Dr. Mason was never garrulous ; and that false idea of pastoral duty which many seem to cherish, requiring the consumption of one's chief time in going from house to house, and conversing in the ordinary chit-chat of trifles, he utterly discarded. Because of this was he deficient as a pastor ? "Who of his people ever knew a substantial sorrow or necessity without his presence and aid ? Did Age ever complain of MEMOIR OF THE ATJTHOE. XXXI disrespect, or Grief of his want of sympathy, or Suffering that he refused a "balm? While the pulpit was the throne of his strength, who could speak, out of it, more wisely than he ? If he some- times appeared to be taciturn, who shall forget that silence, in its place, is wisdom as well as speech ; that modesty is a beautiful property of greatness, and that he talks to the best purpose, who says the right thing at the right time, and in the right manner ? How often has ministerial usefulness been impaired by folly and frivolity of speech. What Dr. Johnson has said of an author's book is equally true of a preacher's public office. " The transition from it to his conversation, is too often like an entrance into a large city after a distant prospect. Re- motely we see nothing but spires of temples and turrets of palaces, and imagine it the residence of splendour, grandeur and magnificence ; but when we have passed the gates we find it perplexed with narrow passages, disgraced with despicable cot- tages, embarrassed with obstructions, and clouded with smoke." No one, after being impressed with the dignity of Dr. Mason in the pulpit, lost that impression when meeting him in the familiarities of private life. It was said of some one whose in- felicities and imprudencies of manner and conver- sation were equalled only by his extraordinary endowments as a preacher, "that when in the pul- XXX11 MEM0IE OF THE AUTHOE. pit one might wish that he was never out of it ; but when out of it one could wish that he should never be in it." Confidence in the soundness of his judg- ment, the integrity of his motives, and the sincerity of his piety, is the secret of a preacher's success ; let that confidence be shaken by one act of folly, and the rod of his strength is broken. It were well if every preacher of the gospel should bear in mind the last sentiment of the following allegory, by one of the oldest poets in our language. "Upon a time, Eeputation, Love, and Death Would travel o'er the world : and 'twas concluded That they should part, and take their several ways. Death told them they would find him in great battles, Or cities plagued with plagues : Love gives them counsel T' enquire for him 'mongst unambitious shepherds Where dowries were not talked of : and sometimes 'Mongst quiet kindred that had nothing left By their dead parents. Stay, quoth Reputation^ If once I part from any man I meet I am never found again"* The discourses of Dr. Mason advertise their own quality. Those which compose this volume are in no respect superior to hundreds more from the same pen. Their first excellence is that they are deci- dedly scriptural and evangelical. A French preacher of the reign of Louis XIV, in a sermon to his brother monks, in which he bewails their * Webster, 1610. MEMOIB OF THE AUTHOE. XXXU1 criminal neglect of tlie fundamental doctrines of the gospel, makes this candid confession : " We are worse than Judas ; he sold and delivered his Mas- ter: we sell him, but deliver him not.*" In the preaching of Dr. Mason was no such defect as that referred to in this tremendous satire. He was a Christian preacher ; and in his eye all truth ar- ranged itself around the cross of Christ, compared with which, the world beside, is, as Leighton well expresses it, one " grand hnpertinency." I know not how to describe what he was in this regard, so well as in the use of his own words when describ- ing what a minister should be. In a discourse preached by him at Newburgh, October, 1838, be- fore the Synod of New York, of which, in his 33d year, he was then Moderator, which discourse was, by the request of his brethren subsequently printed, entitled "The Subject and Spirit of the Ministry," he employs the following language. I am led to extract largely from this discourse, for the benefit of those who would know the character of its au- thor, for it seems to be a daguerreotype likeness of himself. " By the gospel of Christ, as an instrument of human conversion, I suppose we are to understand all those principles which cluster around the doc- trine of vicarious atonement as their common cen- tre ; the lost, ruined, helpless condition of man as XXXIV MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOB. a sinner, the provision which the grace of God has made for him, involving the nature, character, the righteousness even unto death of Jesus Christ as the ground of pardon ; the regenerating and sanctifying influences of the Holy Spirit, and the promises of good, as well as threatenings of evil, which have been sealed in atoning blood. These, and their correlative truths, usually com- prised under the general term of gospel, constitute the exhibition to us of those great facts, in view of which we are brought into the kingdom of God, and prepared for eternal glory. They all give rise to, spring from, or serve to illustrate the sufferings of the Son of God. You cannot find a single doc- trinal statement in the New Testament which does not carry you directly to the cross, or for the ex- planation of which you must not go to that cross. You cannot find a single motive, nor a single expla- nation, nor a single offer, nor a single warning, nor a single appeal, to which the cross of Christ does not give meaning and power — that is the radiating point of light and heat to the whole system. Blot out from the gospel the doctrine of Christ's vicari- ous atonement, and you rob it of all its vitality ; and it remains to be seen what you have left, be- yond the frigid influence of infidelity, or what effectiveness your teachings carry along with them to correct the evils of the human heart, to give MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. XXXV peace to the human conscience, or to make man like his God. " It is evident, if what I have advanced is true, that the power of the gospel lies in the facts them- selves, which it discloses. It is by bringing them into contact with the human mind that you secure the results of the gospel ; and whatever you may do, however ingeniously you may argue, however earnestly you may labour, however impassioned may be your appeals ; you argue, and labour, and appeal in vain, so long as the great facts of the gospel system are not brought to tell with power upon the conscience and the heart. There is such a thing as speculating about the gospel, taking up its principles as mere themes of philosophical investigation ; approaching it and handling it as a mere theory, which passes sometimes under the name of preaching the gospel, which is, after all, nothing more than exhibiting one's own philoso- phy ; and which, placing that philosophy in the front ground before the human mind, conceals the great facts of the revelation of God ; and is, there- fore, not only without beneficial result, but pre- vents those facts from producing their designed effect, standing, as it does, between the mind and their perception. " I do not mean, by this remark, to cast odium upon what is called the philosophy of Christianity, XXXVI MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. nor to rebuke as wroDg all inquiries into the mode of the truth's operation, and the best methods of presenting the facts of the gospel. Every minister of Jesus Christ must be a Christian philosopher, if he would be { $ workman, that needeth not to he ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth;' 1 he must be one, if he would remove the obstacles which a false philosophy has interposed to the in- fluence of the truth ; he must be one, if he would work a way for the truth through the varied and almost endlessly diversified windings of the human bosom, and find for it a lodgement in the human mind ; and he who cannot be one, is unfit for the office which he exercises. " And this, what I call the philosophy of Chris- tianity, presents a legitimate field for the exercise of the human mind. There may be diversities here in the remits at which different minds may arrive ; but so long as the facts themselves of the gospel are brought out to view in all their distinct- ness, the pow T er of the gospel remains, since that power is found not in the philosophy of those facts, but in the facts themselves. "When I speak of, and condemn speculations about the gospel, I refer to all attempts to philosophize away its facts, or to those laborious arguments which give the mind nothing but philosophy: which make the rationale, if I may so speak, the main thing, and truth second- MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. XXXV11 ary ; which may teach men to reason but not to be- lieve ; which may show them how they ought to be convinced, but never convict them ; how they ought to repent, but present them nothing in view of which to repent : in fine, which make philoso- phers, or rather sciolists in philosophy, sometimes ; but Christians, never. Let a man philosophize as much as he pleases ; but against two things let him be on his guard — philosophizing away the facts of the gospel, and bringing his philosophy with him into the pulpit. He may use it to guide him in his exhibition of truth ; he may use it in giving shape to his argument, place to his exhortations, and time to his appeals ; but let him never use it as itself, an instrument for the accomplishment of saving results. A minister of Christ may in his study be a philos- opher always ; in his pulpit, never. " No man can be truly said to preach Christ, who is not himself personally interested in his theme. I know that the words of the gospel may be uttered — and the arguments of the gospel may be advanced — and the consciences of men may be plied with the claims and appeals of the gospel. It may be all done with eloquence of diction, and grace of utterance ; it may disclose the workings of a powerful genius, and constrain men to do homage to the might of in- tellect ; but there is no preaching of the gospel. The science of experience, and the language consecrated XXXV111 MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. to it, may "be mastered ; but the gospel will not be preached. ISTo man can preach who does not himself perceive the glory of Christ, and know the precious- ness of Christ. Spiritual knowledge, spiritual feeling, and the powerful impulse which is derived from prin- ciple alone, are essential requisites to a preacher. Without them there may be fire, but it will be false ; there may be an unction, but it will be spurious. Under ministrations however clear, however power- ful, as exhibitions of intellect, yet unbaptized with the spirit of Christ, not a cord will be touched, not a heart will be moved. Give a man what you please, in point of genius, learning, eloquence, he wants more to make him a preacher — he wants that genius enlightened, that learning directed, and those lips of eloquence touched by the spirit of his mas- ter. Let him but be gifted with a spiritual discern- ment, and the change is amazing. New treasures of every kind will be disclosed ; floods of sublime emotion, fields of brilliant imagery, and super-hu- man power of persuasiveness. It is not eloquence, in the proper sense of that term, that constitutes the rod of the ministry ; it is the tone of their feel- ing, the holy unction of their utterance ; and this is the result of the impressions of the gospel upon their own souls. This is, in fact, the ground-work of all excellence ; the first, the chief element of all pas- toral competency ; and when we read this remark- MEMOES OF THE AUTHOE. XXXIX able resolution of the Apostles, ' We will give our- selves continually to prayer] we seem to have reach- ed the secret of their soul prosperity, their preach- ing eminence, their wonderful success. They preach- ed the gospel, because they felt the gospel. God was with them, as they were with God. " Oh ! if I am right in my supposition as to the requisites of a herald of the cross ; if a man must possess the spirit of Christ in order to preach Christ ; is there not room for the inquiry, whether we do indeed preach Christ ? and if the spirit of our office is gone, no wonder that its results are absent also. " The spirit of the ministry is a spirit of self-re- nunciation, c We preach not ourselves.'' In the state- ment of this general principle, and in its truth, we shall all agree, while it is possible that through the deceitfulness of our hearts we may be blind to our constant contradiction of it. It is not only when our aim in our office is the promotion of private interest, that we do preach ourselves. We may pour our severest censures upon the man who would say, l Put me into one of the priests' offices, that I may eat apiece of bread] or give vent to a burst of holy indignation against him who uses his office for the purposes of earthly emolument, while at the same time we may be involved in the same condemnation with himself. " We may preach ourselves, when we are as far Xl MEMOIR OIT THE AUTHOR. removed as possible from the influence of mere pe- cuniary considerations. There are temptations of an intellectual kind, the dangers of which must be seen to be many and powerful by every man who knows any thing of his own heart. They exist in proportion to the greatness or splendor of endow- ments which God has bestowed upon him who ex- ercises the ministerial office. L An eloquent man, and mighty in the Scriptures] may be above the grati- fication which thousands and tens of thousands of silver and gold would bestow ; and yet he may preach himself, by aiming at the applause of his' listening auditory. It is always so with him who is more concerned about the impression he makes upon the minds of his hearers as to the character of his exhibitions of truth, than about the impres- sion he makes upon their minds respecting Christ. Though a man may understand the gospel, he may conceal its glorious object behind the display of his own powers ; and he may use that object, as it may serve to fix the attention of men more firmly and exclusively upon himself. He holds up the pole, but the brazen serpent is invisible ; and so charms the ears with the sound of the silver trumpets, as to make the people forget the jubilee they are in- tended to proclaim. Such a man preaches himself, not Christ Jesus the Lord." Little danger was there that a man holding such MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOPw. xll sentiments as these would ever prostitute the pul- pit to purposes of mere rhetorical display or intel- lectual entertainment. The cross of Christ being his theme, there was no imitation of that cardinal fault of a celebrated painter who, in a picture of the Lord's Supper, has made the gold and the sil- ver vessels so large, magnificent and brilliant as to divert the eye of the spectator from the main sub- ject of the piece. He had no ambition to select pearls and diamonds when plainer materials would serve his purpose better. His characteristics were clearness, precision and force. Convinced himself, he sought to convince others. Relying on God, he believed that the truth was capable of being so ex- hibited as to commend itself to every man's con- science. Studying that truth himself, and feeling its adaptation to his own intellect and heart, his presentations of truth always had the freshness of originality without the least suspicion of that ambition and affectation which often passes by that name. His preaching was argumentative and log- ical. Commencing with some obvious truth, which all would admit, he advanced step by step, carry- ing one conviction after another, by a process of demonstration which would admit of no escape till he reached that conclusion, in the application of which he poured out the fullness and fervor of his religious pathos. A distinguished civilian, skilled xlii MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. in diplomacy, and an adept in letters, invited once by a friend, a parishioner of Dr. Mason, to hear hirn preach, sat in the corner of the pew, at first somewhat listless, then alert, and following the ar- gument with intense interest, till his countenance betrayed the emotion which was working in his heart, exclaimed on leaving the church, " Well, I know not what you who are accustomed to this may think; as for myself, I never heard such preaching before. As Lord Peterborough said to Fenelon at Cambray, ' If I stay here longer, I shall become a Christian in spite of myself.' " "We can always judge of a minister's heart by his public prayers. He who exhibits no feeling in his addresses to God, and wakes to fervour only as he addresses his fellow-men, cannot have much of the vitality of religion. The devotional exercises of Dr. Mason, marked alike by dignity and fervour, correct expression and strong emotion, were proof in themselves that the object of his ministry was to preach not himself but Christ Jesus, and that the grand purpose of his heart was co-incident with that avowed by the great Apostle in these memorable words : " Whom we preach, warning every man and teaching every man in all wis- dom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus, whereunto I also labour, striving according to his working, which worketh in me MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. xlili mightily." A serious-minded, earnest man, who believed the truth, and loved the souls of his people, he could not be persuaded to any trivial topic, nor imitate the cruelty of the Roman emperor, who, in a time of famine, imported costly sands for his amphitheatres, instead of bread for his starv- ing subjects. A Presbyterian by birth, education and prefer- ence, Dr. Mason was too good and great a man to be a bigot. Many of his relatives and intimate friends were members of other communions. His brother-in-law is Bishop McCoskry, of Michigan. Kind and catholic, he was, nevertheless, decided, intelligent and consistent in his preferences for that church to which he was attached. No man was better acquainted with its history, polity and order ; as no man, of his age, had greater weight in its counsels. Eventful has that period been, in which he was personally connected as a minister, with the Presbyterian church in the United States. Strong as was his desire to preserve the integrity of that body, which was dear to him by so many ancestral associations, when disruption was made inevitable by no act of his or those with whom he was associated, he did not hesitate for an instant to what body to give his adherence. Prom that adherence he never wavered, but lived and died in the belief that the light would one day be xliv MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. vindicated, and that they who had suffered wrong- would be honoured and blessed at the last. Though young in years, Dr. Mason, at that memorable crisis, was mature in judgment ; and when Kent, Wood, Randall, and Meredith espoused and de- fended the cause of the church to which he was attached, there was no one more competent than he to aid their proceedings, none to whose advice they and his brethren paid so much of respectful deference. Frequently a member, for eight years he was the stated clerk of the General Assembly, by which means his acquaintance was extensive throughout the church, and he was made an ob- ject of general confidence and esteem. In the judicatories of the church his manners were always retiring, and reserved; never obtrusive. He was willing that others should conduct the debate ; seldom participating in it, save by some brief suggestion or inquiry, intended to give it di- rection, the wisdom and pertinency of which was sure afterwards to be vindicated. But when the matter in hand was becoming involved, and per- plexity and trouble were likely to ensue, how often, like a pilot in a difficult passage, by the introduc- tion of some resolution, or the suggestion of some amendment, did he contrive the very relief which was needed, covering the entire case, extricating the subject from all embarrassment, and leading the MEMOIR OF THE ATTTHOK. xlv minds of all to an issue of complete harmony. The records of our ecclesiastical bodies will prove that this eulogy on the soundness of his judgment is not exaggerated ; and when he died, the general impression throughout the church was, that a standard-bearer had fallen. The person of Dr. Mason, of full size, and good proportions, was the expression of manly vigour and dignity. Inheriting a sound constitution, he en- joyed, through life, more than ordinary health. He knew but few of those ailments to which his profession are liable, previous to that illness which terminated his life. Invited to the presidency of the Theological Seminary in this city, and to other pulpits in his denomination, we have seen how steadily and perseveringly he addicted himself to the studies and toils of one pulpit. In the year 1846, at the request of his own people, who generously provided their faithful friend and pastor with the means of relaxation, he passed several months in Europe, returning to his ordinary occupations with renewed vigor of body and mind, and fresh resources for instruction. Every thing appeared to promise a long life. One year before his death no one would have suspected that an insidious disease had already begun its secret ravages, by which his labours were soon to be closed. Eeturning from his annual visit to the Xlvi MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. country, in August 1850, he gave signs of debility, which at first were regarded but as trifles soon to pass away, but which, continuing from, day to day, at length excited the most serious apprehension. When it was first whispered about that Dr. Mason was in a state to warrant solicitude, he in the full prime of life, it was with difficulty that the rumour could be credited. "Weeks and months passed by, and his friends, brethren and people were gladdened by his apparent recovery. He was intensely desirous, should God so will, to re- sume those occupations to which he had been so long and pleasantly devoted. Having sufficiently recovered for the purpose, in the last of December he prepared a sermon from the text, " I said, O my God, take me not away in the midst of my days," the same which is now published as the first in the accompanying collection. Though no one who heard that sermon could fail to apply the utterance of its text to himself, yet, with his characteristic modesty, the preacher made not an allusion to his own case. Unable to endure the fatigue of stand- ing, during its delivery, a chair had been arranged in the pulpit, seated in which, with a voice tremu- lous with emotion, he preached his last sermon. There was eloquence in the occasion itself; and the simple utterance of the text was enough to start the tear in the eye of those who heard it with MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. xlvii mingled gratitude and foreboding. Such was his last " New Year's Sermon," such his last entrance to his pulpit. It was soon apparent that he was gra- dually sinking under occult and insidious disease and that his work was finished. Deprived of the privilege of glorifying God in active duty, he was now called to the higher and harder testimony of passive endurance. Confined to his chamber he was not without hope and desire of recovery. Strongly did he desire to live ; and who has juster views of the value and desirableness of life than a faithful Christian minister ! How abrupt the change from the " midst of his days," from plans of study and action yet incomplete, to the silence of the sepulchre ! How could he bear to say to his loving, trusting family, hanging about him, that he must leave them without a husband, father and head ! For their sakes, rather than his own, he desired, if God should so be pleased, that he might be spared, even as king Hezekiah prayed because of the church and the country which he loved that he might live, even after the prophet had told him he should die. The conduct of Dr. Mason, during his long confinement, was characterised by that calmness and firmness which always belonged to him, but now more than usually softened by the filial resignation of a religious sufferer. More than the splendours of genius, more than the gifts of Xlviii MEMOIE OF THE AUTHOK. eloquence are the simple words which reveal the peace and safety of the Christian believer in his last hours. " I have had a long season of trial," said he to a friend, " but I trust it has not been un- profitable. I have had many clear and delightful views of divine truth." Moved even to tears, he said, on another occa- sion, " I have had the most glorious and elevating views, such as I never expected to enjoy in this world. It was in the watches of the night, and I feared to sleep, lest I should lose them. But a dark cloud has since intervened — less dark now than it has been. This, however, I can say at all times, Though he slay me, I will put my trust in him. I have no greater comfort than when, under a sense of utter unworthiness, I lie at the foot of the cross." " A matter of unspeakable thankfulness, is it," said he, " that we are not left to find a place of safety when the hand of disease is upon us. I trust that my eternal interests are safe, and that in the future I have nothing to dread. I have had, in common with all Christians, sore spiritual con- flicts ; but I believe that the most useful of my labours have been in connection with these scenes of perplexity and trial. Trials, I am sure, were designed to teach us to live by faith." The evening before his decease he was informed MEMOIK OF THE AUTHOE. xlix that, in the judgment of his physicians, he could not survive many hours. He inquired on what facts his medical friends had based their opinion. He differed from them in judgment as to certain particulars. "However," added he, "it matters but little as to time. I am not now to begin and make my preparations. All is safe — all safe." A friend at his side repeated the familiar words, " The Lord is my light and salvation, whom shall I fear." Taking the sentence from her lips, he completed it — " The Lord is the strength of my heart, of whom shall I be afraid." Again she said, "Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace," — when he instantly finished the sentence with a decided emphasis — "whose mind is stayed on thee ; because he trusteth in thee." In the evening he engaged in cheerful conversa- tion ; with the utmost clearness and calmness of mind made certain dispositions of his estate, signed his will, and sat waiting for his great change to come. Early in the morning he summoned his children about him, and gave them his last coun- sels. Commending them in solemn prayer to the Father of Mercies, he told them that oftentimes, after preaching in the pulpit, he had retired to his study, and with inexpressible anxiety, had implored in their behalf the blessings of the everlasting covenant. 1 MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. On the same occasion, addressing Ms only son, (fourteen years of age) he inquired, "Have you thought what you would wish to do in the world T The reply of filial simplicity and affection was — " Father, I will do whatever you wish me." " It may not be as I wish," said he, " but if you are prepared for it, my son, my wish is that you may preach the Gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ. It is the greatest work, and the best work. But beware of becoming a minister, unless, by the grace of God, you are prepared for it. 77 The prayers of many have ascended to God in behalf of this orphan son, that he may inherit his father 7 s gifts and graces, and that he may prolong and transmit the ancestral honours, with which he is enriched, in the ministry of our Lord. His last day on earth has dawned, and his heart is beating feebler to its rest. " Have you doubts and fears ? 77 whispered a friend. " Doubts ! No. Faith is every thing. It is all bright and clear. Have faith. 77 So gently faded his life into the vision of God and the Lamb. About twelve o 7 clock on Wednesday, 14th of May, seated in his chair, without a struggle, he breathed out his life into the hands of his Redeemer. On the Friday following, his funeral was attended from the church in which he had officia- ted so many years. There needed to be no such MEM0IE OF THE ATJTHOE. 11 signs of mourning as those which draped the pulpit, now deprived of its faithful incumbent, to proclaim the sorrow of the occasion. A large concourse of people, with unfeigned grief in their hearts, pronounced his eulogy by testifying that his death was a public bereavement. There, in front of the pulpit, lay the calm remains of the Pastor, who had been brought to the house of God for the last time, to address his brethren, people and friends in speechless tenderness. The dirge was sung, prayer was offered, some words of consolation were uttered, and devout men bore him to his burial. The early spring blossoms were opening and falling as he was laid in the sacred spot he had, a year before, prepared at Greenwood. The sun had gone dov/n before the act of interment was finished ; but we knew that it would rise again ; and as we gazed, through our tears, upon the descending form with which were associated so many memories of friendship, love and religion, this was our only consolation, that he would live the life everlasting. Through the generous regard cherished for his memory by his parishioners, a beautiful monument of white Italian marble, chaste and simple in design, but highly finished in its execution, has been erected on the spot where sleep his remains. On one side is the following inscription : lii MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOE. EKECTED BY THE BLEECKER STREET PRESBYTERIAN CHBflCH, IN MEMOKY OF THEIR LATE PASTOE, KEY. EKSKINE MASON, D.D. DIED 14 MAY, 1851, jeh. 46. an eloquent man, and mighty in the scriptures, in doctrine showing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity, sound speech that could not be condemned ; A PATTERN OF GOOD WORKS ; LOOKING FOR THAT BLESSED HOPE, THE GLORIOUS APPEARING OF THE GREAT GOD, AND OUR SAVIOUR, JESUS CHRIST. On the reverse side : DESCENDED FROM ANCESTORS ILLUSTRIOUS IN THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH, He was; Himself AN OENAMENT TO EVERY DOMESTIC AND SOCIAL RELATION. In the Spanish gallery of the Louvre at Paris, there hangs a celebrated picture by Murillo, founded on an old legend, which represents that a certain monk was MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. liii called to die, when engaged in writing his own "bio- graphy. Grieved at the abrupt termination of his unfinished task, the fiction goes, that he sought and obtained permission to return to the earth to com- plete his work. Wonderful is the power with which the immortal artist has embodied the con- ception. There is the monk seated in his cell, in- tent on his solemn toil. It is not the ghastly face and form of the dead, but the conception of a man who has been dead, and who has returned etherial- ised and vivified through and through with the life and motives of Eternity. That legendary fiction will have no reality with any. No one who goeth hence returns to finish the work of life. But there is intensity of motive enough in the sober truth that every man is actu- ally engaged day by day in writing that autobiog- raphy, which neither time nor eternity will efface. It may be written in high places or in low, in pub- lic remembrance or in the honest heart of domestic affection, but we are writing fast, we are writing sure, we are writing for eternity. Happy is he who, through the grace of God assisting him, like the subject of this memoir, records such lessons of kindness, truth and wisdom, that when he is gone, he will be held in grateful remembrance ; happier still to have one's name written in the Hv MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. Lamb's Book of Life, that when every memorial and monument of his earthly history has perished, he may ascend with the Son of God, to Honour, Glory, and Immortality. DEATH IK THE MIDST OF LIFE. "I said, my Lord, take me not away in the midst of my days." — Psalm cii. 24. first clause. I shall not trouble my hearers upon the present occasion, with any enquiries as to the authorship of the Psalm from which my text is selected, nor as to the circumstances in which it was originally uttered. Whether designed to represent the pri- vate experience of the writer, or to exhibit the low and depressed condition of the church in time of great trial, is immaterial to the purpose I have in view, which is to bring out, and for a few moments insist upon a thought, which lies upon the very surface of the passage before us. As we read our text, we perceive it to be a prayer, an earnest, impassioned prayer, a prayer against death; and the fact which gives it its earnestness and impassioned energy, is that he who offers it is in " the midst of his clays." There is a peculiarity then about death coming in the prime of life, which does not belong to it at any other time, or in any other circumstances, and which 1 2 DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. renders it especially repulsive and terrible. True it is that to one at all alive to its connections, it must, at any time, be appreciated with the most painful emotions. To one standing upon the thresh- hold of life, or farther advanced engaged in active business, engrossed with earthly cares, or when the bustle and anxiety of the world, so far as he is con- cerned, are over, whether he be in health and pros- perity, when life is most joyous, or in sickness and adversity, when many of the strongest ties to earth are sundered, it is still the same repulsive subject of thought, never able to command a welcome from the human mind. Youth dreads it, manhood dreads it, old age dreads it, sickness and health alike dread it ; and while irreligion trembles, faith itself is sometimes staggered in view of it. There are, however, some circumstances in which death is less terrible than it is in others. When the ties that bind us to earth are few, and the considerations which render life valuable are feeble, the desire to live cannot be strong. Disappointed hopes, defeated plans, withered joys, enfeebled frames, taking so much as they do from the bright- ness, and promise of the world, must, proportiona- bly, weaken our wishes to remain amid its scenes ; if to this you add, a weanedness from the world upon principle, an expectation of death ; and satisfactory evidence of a preparation to meet its issues, you have a condition in which it loses to the mind much of its terror. But in the light in which we now look at it, there are none of these considerations to take aught DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. 6 from its horrors. It is death coming to one in the prime of life, in his full strength, and in circum- stances in which it is least expected ; coming when the dangers of youth are over, when the system has reached its maturity, when the world is in- vested with the greatest degree of importance, when man thinks he is about to take that position to which he had long looked forward, and to which all his previous training and labours have been but preparatory. It is death coming to one who had not in his dreams even looked upon it to be possi- ble as an immediate event, and who having been at ease and quiet in reference to it, has made no preparation to meet its issues. This is death in its most appalling form. There are here no disgusts with life, no disappointed hopes, no enfeebled frames, no tottering steps, to make this world un- desirable, and there is no sympathy in the spiritual things to make the coming world attractive : and O how many, how many even among ourselves to-day, are there to whom death, should he now approach, would he be thus appalling ! I put the question to my hearers in middle life, are your views, feelings, purposes, circumstances, such as you would w T ish them to be in the hour of your departure to meet your God ? I speak to-day upon the supposition that men in middle life are very apt to look upon death as an improbable event, so far as they are concerned, and to make their calculations, and shape their course accord- ingly. This is the fact upon which I would fasten 4 DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. your minds, showing you some of its reasons, and pointing out some of its effects. I offer then here, this general remark, that with no class of men is the desire for life so strong as those of whom we are speaking ; and knowing as we do the influence of desire over belief, how con- clusive seem those arguments which conform to our feelings, we cannot be surprised to find the im- probability of dying assumed as a settled matter. True, the mere wish to live is not confined to any par- ticular age or condition of human life. The youth who is just coming forward upon the stage of action, clings with tenacity to his earthly existence, while the aged man, of whom it may be said, that the days have come and the years drawn nigh in which he has no pleasure, looks forward to his approaching dissolu- tion with feelings of great reluctance. In both these cases, more especially in the last, the desire for life seems to be instinctive, rather than the result of any reasoning from external circumstances and relations. Childhood has scarcely reached the point when the strongest reasons for a wish to live have begun to operate. Old age has passed the point where their influence terminates. But the man in middle life has reached that point, where all these reasons are perceived most clearly, and their influence is felt most deeply. There is something more than a mere instinctive desire of life which makes him cling to his earthly existence. There are reasons taken from his cir- cumstances and relations, which render life to him very important. The ties which bind him to the DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. world are now the strongest. Hithereto, his earthly associations had been few and ephemeral. There are scarcely any responsibilities involved in the connections of youth, and though in these con- nections, the feelings may be ardent, they are tran- sient. A change of place, and breaking np of associations, does not seem to be a matter of great importance to a youthful mincl, because it can so easily adjust itself to the new circumstances into which it may be thrown. In old age the con- nections of society have been dissolved by the hand of time ; most of those with whom our old men mingled their sympathies and counsels are gone, while they who once were dependent upon them no longer need their care and support. But it is very different with a man in the vigor of life. He has taken his place in society, and is now sustaining his most important earthly respon- sibilities. His connections now are most intimate, his attachments most strong, his associations most enduring. He is surrounded by those who depend upon him for support, submit to his control, and look to him for counsel. He is the centre of his family, of the social circle, and alive to all those great interests which excite the attention and en- gage the feelings of the community. His place is in the hall of science, in the chamber of legislation, among those who sustain the interests and carry forward the designs of society. Mind now is most active, and active, not about the pastimes of youth, but about matters essential to the welfare of himself, of his connections, and the community 6 DEATH IN THE MIDST OP LIFE. at large, I need hardly say that these are the cir- cumstances in which life not only appears to be, but actually is, most important to man and to society generally. Death never is more melan- choly in its aspect than when it takes one away from amid the necessary activities of human life- The youth dies, and the parental heart feels the pang, and may drop a tear over departed worth. The aged sire dies, and the recollection of former counsels and activities and deeds of goodness de- presses the spirit, but the whole machinery of the domestic circle and of society goes on as usual, and so far as essential interests are concerned, the loss in these cases is scarcely felt. But when one dies in the midst of his days, the case is vastly different ; now essential interests suf- fer ; from many their entire earthly dependence is removed ; the main spring of the domestic machin- ery is gone, and in the varied relations of life, his place must be supplied before the interest of those relations can be well sustained. To this we might add, that the spirit of enter- prize is now most active. Man is forming plans which will require years to develope, and those plans constitute the objects of his existence, the centre of his heart's warmest feelings. You cannot go out amid the busy scenes of life, and find a man in his prime, whom death suddenly arresting, should not carry away from unfinished plans and unexe- cuted purposes. Generally men calculate upon the completion of their designs, and upon receiving the fruit of their labour ; very few sow when they do DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. I not expect to reap, or engage in plans which are to bring them no profit : and hence it is that our men in middle life calculate with almost perfect cer- tainty upon a continuance in this world ; they can- not think that their main designs shall never be executed, and their favourite points never reached, and they suffer their wishes to run away with their judgments, and presume in accordance with the dictates of their hearts. It is not to be denied, my brethren, that there is not a little in the history of man which tends to foster this very state of mind. Judging from the ordinary developments of Divine Providence, we should be forced to the conclusion that the securi- ties against death, and what are commonly termed the chances of life, are greater in manhood than at any other period of existence ; and the scenes through which we have passed ere we reached man- hood have been such as to lead us to estimate these securities too highly. It is a fact, I apprehend, that fewer men die at the meridian than at any other point in human life. The majority of our species are gone from the stage of action before they reach their prime, and of the remainder, the larger proportion die after they have passed their prime. This fact, I apprehend, can point to both natural and moral causes in its explanation. At middle life the human system has attained its greatest strength ; is less liable to many of those accidents, and better able to resist many of those diseases which carry off so many of our race. The habits of life too are formed, and where they have 8 DEATH IN" THE MIDST OF LIEE. been habits favourable to health, they will be favourable to its continuance or to the recovery from disease. The interests of the world, moreover, could not be sustained under a different character of dispen- sations, and the purposes of God, which, according to his arrangement, require human agency for their evolution, could not be accomplished. Thus, the order of nature evinces no less the wisdom than the goodness of God. These facts have not failed to secure the atten- tion of men, and they form the ground of their cal- culations in reference to life. They have passed through the scenes of childhood, been exposed to a thousand snares, been environed by as many changes. Many have been cut down on their right hand and their left, but they have escaped un- harmed, and begin to feel as though they had a lease of life. Familiarity with danger blunts our apprehensions. If we have escaped evil and death in circumstances of great exposure, we think we shall escape again; and after having passed the point where our danger was the greatest, because the point previous to which death usually secures the greatest number of its victims, we feel as though we were, for a time, at least, delivered from his power. Now, I repeat it, putting all these considerations together, it is not surprising that men in " the midst of their days" should think so little of death, and be so callous to its impressive influence ; but it is dreadful that it should be so, because we are DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. \) forced to another thought, viz. : of all men, they who are " in the midst of their days," are least pre- pared to die. There are exceptions, unquestionably, to this statement; but as a general remark, its truth must be perfectly apparent to any one of observation and discernment. You will find its illustration as well among the professed, disciples of Christ as among those who make no pretensions whatever to spirituality of mind. Many a one, who in his early days appeared well as a Christian, as he has advanced in years and become gradually more and more involved in the cares and perplexi- ties of life, has lost his fervor in religion and found his spirituality declining, simply because the en- grossing occupations of earth have drawn away his attention from things appertaining to the kingdom of God. Of this change many a one is himself dis- tinctly conscious. He is aware that in a spiritual point of view matters are not with him as they for- merly were ; if death should approach, he should have much to adjust, many questions to settle, many fears, many anxieties, many doubts to solve ; in short, he knows his preparation for death is not what it should be, because he has not been looking for it. My Christian brother, let me appeal to you upon this point in a single question. Had your earthly history terminated with the winding up of the last year, should you have known in your expe- rience the blessedness of that servant whom his Lord when he cometh finds watching ? Take that question home, and justify me in the position I have assumed. 10 DEATH IN THE MIDST OE LIFE. If the truth of my remark is evident, even in the cases of the professed disciples of Christ, much more apparent must it be in reference to those who know nothing of the spiritual influence of the gospel. If my unconverted hearers in middle life will look into their own hearts and observe their emotions and feelings, they will not judge me un- charitable in the remark, that the world never had such a hold upon their affections, never to such a degree controlled their purposes and movements, never so completely shut out all spiritual light from the mind, never rendered them so dead to the claims and appeals of the gospel, and so insensible to the enforcement of heavenly things, as at the present moment. There is one fact which speaks volumes upon this general subject, going to show the prevalent state of mind belonging to the persons of whom we speak. That fact is this, that the legitimate effects of the Gospel are very rarely seen for the first time in persons who are passing through the meri- dian of life. This seems to be a period in human existence, when the Spirit of God, I will not say seldom strives with men, but when he seldom achieves any signal victories. For the most part, men are brought into the kingdom of God before they reach manhood, while a few after they have passed their prime are awakened by some provi- dential dispensation, and hasten to secure an interest in Christ. The young have ears to hear the truth, consciences to respond to its claims, and hearts susceptible to its impressive power ; but the ears of DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. 11 others are closed against us, and their minds are too full of earth to entertain the truth of God, and their hearts too much under the influence of the world, to be susceptible of impressions from spirit- ual realities. All the means of grace seem to be powerless, and it is looked upon as a signal mani- festation of the grace of God, when one of their class is brought to submit himself to Christ. I speak that which I do know, and testify that which I have seen ; and if these thoughts are cor- rect, it follows of necessity, that they to whom they appertain are of all men least prepared to die. And O ! how such thoughts should arouse to feeling, awaken to anxiety, and prompt to enquiry, all to whom they have reference. My beloved brethren, security is not safety, insensibility to danger is no guard against its approach. You may mingle in any scenes, you may engage in wide- spread business, you may form extensive associations, and assume weighty responsibilities, — you have no protection against death, in any or all of these combined. Others who have gone from the stage have told you so, they have fallen from your side, from amid the scenes in which you are now en- gaged, and the associations amid which you are now moving ; and as they fell, their fall was Provi- dence teaching you the worthlessness of all your confidences. Put all the grounds of your security together, they are valueless, they are worse, they serve only to render one's end the more terrible when he reaches it. We may, my brethren, wrap ourselves up in tin- 12 DEATH IN" THE MIDST OE LIEE. concern about this matter, "but we cannot put away from us a dying hour by closing our eyes against it, neither can we, by any insensibility, detract from the magnitude of eternal realities. The scene of our departure from this world is not to be delayed by any unconcern of ours about it, or any unfitness on our part to meet its issues ; and if, when it comes, it shall find us in a state of indifference and security, how inexpressibly fearful will be its approach. Let death come at any time, in any circumstance, under any form, but let it not come upon man when he thinks least of it, and is consequently least prepared to meet it, when 5 perhaps, it is the last event which he dreamed of as at all probable. Here it has associations, the sorrows of which no tongue can describe, because no mind can conceive them. Defeated plans, disappointed hopes, blasted joys, form but few, and those the least bitter of the ingredients of the cup which it puts to the lips. Now, in an unexpected hour, eternal things come before him, in such a light that he can doubt neither their reality nor their magnitude, and now he must prepare to meet them with a mind surprised, alarmed, harassed ; and too often self-reflection triumphs over every other feeling, and the unhappy man, amid his convictions and reproaches, his self- reflections and his fears, finds the ties which bind him to this world parting, and his surprised and unprepared spirit winging its flight to the presence of a forgotten God. These are not strange and unusual scenes ; they have been, they are common. The history of the DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. 13 last year keeps the record of many of them, and the year upon which we have entered, will but repeat them. I look back over the past year, and I find that death, in the circle of our companionship, death in the midst of us as a congregation, has been very impressive in the lessons it has taught us, however slow we may be to learn them. Yet it is ours to ponder them, and turn them to a practical account. During the past year, nine who were with us at its commencement, have closed their earthly career. As I cast my eye over this assem- bly, I miss the youth who occupied his seat here on the first Sabbath of the last year, and who little thought that the warning which then we uttered was meant for him. I miss our aged friends who had filled up the measure of their days. And there have been those who were carried away in the midst of their clays, whom no effort could deliver, no prayer save from the power of death. And that which has been shall be. This year will bring about like events ; some of my youthful hearers will be gone ; of our fathers we shall say, where are they ? and ye who are in the vigour of your clays, secure against danger, ye too must pay your tribute to the king of terrors, by yielding some of your members a sacrifice to his claims. But while thus I utter my warning, I feel that it is in vain. In respect to death, nothing but the infiuence of God's spirit can teach us to apply our hearts unto wisdom. The coffin will not teach us wisdom here, the grave will not teach it, pestilence will not teach it. Thou, God, and thou alone 41 DEATH IN THE MIDST OF LIFE. canst make us feel that we are mortal, so that we shall live like the immortal, and, therefore, while we feel that argument is in vain, and exhortation is in vain, and appeal is in vain, we turn from rea- soning, and expostulation, and pleading, to prayer as our only hope. Now as we enter upon another year, not knowing what is before us, we turn to thee, O Lord God of the spirits of all flesh. The young are before thee, the middle-aged are before thee, our fathers are before thee, pastor and people alike are before thee : " God of the spirit of all flesh, so teach us to number our days that we may apply our hearts unto wisdom." THE NATURE^ AND DESIGN OF THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. " And when Jesus had cried with a loud voice, he said. Father into thy hands I commend my spirit, and having said this, he gave up the ghost." — St. Luke xxiii. 16. " My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me." — St. Matthew xxvii. 46. The words of the text cany us directly to Cal- vary, a spot which we can never too frequently visit, and where the Christian loves to linger, espe- cially when called upon, as we are this day, to remember the scenes which were there presented. In the description which they give us of the re- markable, and to many, mysterious close of the life of Jesus Christ, they suggest lessons, which, often as we have pondered them, we have never yet fully learned, and open sources of influence, the extent and power of which we have yet to measure. Indeed there is scarcely a line in the his- tory of Jesus Christ which is not as instructive as it is wonderful. The annals of the universe will not furnish a parallel to the story of " the man of 16 NATTTBE AND DESIGN OF sorrows and acquainted with grief." He presents himself first to our view as one, who though he was " in the form of God," emptied himself " and took upon him" the form of man, and thus is intro- duced to our attention in an act of humiliation which is beyond the power of human thought to under- stand. As we cannot ascend to the throne, mea- sure its height, or form any conceptions of its grandeur, we cannot tell how great was the humilia- tion of Christ Jesus, when he descended to the level of his creatures ; as his previous glory is inac- cessible to our soarings, it must always remain a prodigy too large for anything but faith to grasp, that he who was " in the form of God took upon him the form of man." And yet this fact, surprizing as it is, does not con- stitute the wonder of Christ's humiliation ; the marvel is not merely that he became man, but that having become man, he should put himself in man's most forbidding circumstances, clothe himself with human nature in its greatest meanness, submit to its greatest hardships, endure its heaviest trials, and submit, both in life and death, to its greatest igno- miny. The scene of his earthly course, is, in its commencement, contempt and privation ; in its pro- gress, toil and shame ; in its end, agony and degra- dation. The changes in his experience, were not, as is customary even with the most wretched of our race, alternations of joy and sorrow, but changes from sorrow to sorrow, each succeeding one deeper in its shades than the former, and as we look at the map of his life, we perceive the plot THE CKTTCIFIXIOlSr SCENE. 17 thickening and the darkness increasing daily and hourly around him. His whole course betokens a dreadful consummation ; all the lines of conduct pursued by himself, and by those who surround him, seem to converge towards one fearful catastrophe, which when reached, surpasses in wonderfulness everything which preceded it. We can understand in view of his objects and his course, why he should be persecuted by the men of his generation ; our knowledge of human nature may serve to explain to us, why in the hour of his trial he should be aban- doned by his professed friends ; but why, why, when he most needed Heaven's sympathy and Heaven's help, why, when heart and flesh fainted and failed, why, when all the resources of human comfort and human strength were exhausted, and he was sinking under a burden too heavy for him to bear, why in such an hour, he should be for- saken of God, this forms the great wonder of a Redeemer's humiliation. Not one of us, my brethren, has ever pondered this event, without feeling that there is a mystery here which needs an explanation. It is not that a person from whose lips dropped words of unutterable tenderness, who rarely spoke but to bless the sor- row-stricken, or acted but to relieve the distressed, should be selected as an object upon which to wreak the fury of a spirit which, for cool, cruel and devilish barbarity, has never yet found its parallel ; this is not the mystery ; but it is that he who did no sin, and in whose mouth no guile was found, whose meat it was to do the will of his 2 18 NATURE AND DESIGN OE Heavenly Father, who by " signs and wonders, and diverse miracles" had been accredited as the mes- senger of God, and by an andible voice had been announced as his only begotten and well-beloved Son, should at last die under a cloud, and utter in his last words a lamentation over his spiritual aban- donment ; this is the mystery of that event which to-day we commemorate, and to which in this exer- cise I shall call your attention. My subject, I am aware, has not about it any of the attractive charms of novelty. We have often pondered it ; and we all have its outlines, at least, distinctly before the mind, and yet I am persuaded that the views with which many fill up this out- line, are at best exceedingly vague, if they are not often palpably erroneous, and that, consequently, the influence of the scene is in a great measure lost. To a certain extent, perhaps, our views must be limited and indistinct ; inquiries may be started which can be fully answered only when the light of a better world shall disclose all the mysteries of re- demption ; and yet, without attempting to be wise above what is written, we may learn something by a patient examination ; something which, even if it does not add to our stores of knowledge, may at least serve to set the event before us in a different light and put upon it a different aspect from that in which many minds are wont to look at it. With these views, then, we approach our sub- ject to ascertain, if possible, something of the Re- deemer's state of mind, when upon the cross he cried out with a loud voice, and which certainly has THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. 19 an air of mystery about it. When we look at the record, we find that, previous to the moment of our Saviour's history now under consideration, there were exhibitions of feeling which plainly evinced that his mind was filled and crushed by painful premonitions of the experience before him. The garden scene shows us his spirit wrestling and agonizing with these dire apprehensions, which by their influence drove his life-blood from its wonted channels, and extorted from him his earnest prayer for deliverance. It is, indeed, by no means difficult to imagine circumstances when a man may be convulsed and tremble greatly in view of the hour and scene of his dissolution. When the future is all dark, and the sepulchre looks like one's final resting-place, when one feels that the winding-sheet is to be his eternal habiliment, that light is never to break in upon his grave, and no voice is ever to be heard disturbing the silence of his resting-place, I can easily understand how one may shrink back ; for nature, as such, never can be reconciled to the thought of an eternal extinction of being. Man may, indeed, prefer annihilation to a state of per- petual, hopeless misery, because the fear of the future may triumph over and paralyze even the in- stinctive laws of our beiug ; but nature, as such, must shrink back with horror from the prospect of ceasing to be. So, likewise, when conscience, armed with the stings of a guilty life, lashes its victim, and heralds an approaching storm of fire and blood ; when the undying worm begins to prey upon the 20 NATUKE and design of mind, and the poison cup of the wrath of God is put to the lips, and the first taste of its bitter ingre- dients is perceived, there is room for the heavings of the stoutest spirit, and the convulsive agonies of the strongest frame. He who is entirely in the dark as to the future, he whose conscience having never been pacified by the peace-speaking influence of atoning blood, cannot be mastered, may well shrink back and cry in agony when his feet touch the first cold wave of that boisterous fiood which rolls between time and the judgment-seat. Here we have sufficient sources of fear and agony in view of approaching dissolution. I allude to these, merely for the purpose of showing that they cannot be in- troduced as adequate or even appropriate expo- nents of the scene we are called to-day to study. There could be nothing in the darkness of the future, or the gloom of the sepulchre, to terrify the spirit of Him who brought life and immortality to light. No fears of a coming retribution could trouble Him who was " holy, harmless, and unde- nted ;" nor could there be any anticipations to appal him, who, " in the view of the joy set before him, endured the cross, despising its shame." There is a wonderful difference — you must have often been struck by it — between the dying scene, of our Saviour and that of many of his followers ; in the one case, there is a crushing agony and the wail of seeming despair ; in other cases, there are emo- tions of joy and shouts of triumph. What a con- trast between the language of an apostle, " I have a desire to depart, I am now ready to be offered ;" THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. 21 and the prayer of Jesus Christ, " Father, save me from this hour ;" between the Saviour's lamenta- tion on the cross and the experience of the culprit crucified with him, whose troubled spirit that Saviour's promise calmed, and whose sinking soul that Saviour's strength sustained ; a contrast, which, as we examine it, forces upon us the conclusion, that no ordinary principles of explanation meet the case, and compels us to find a solution in some- thing which does not strike the eye. There is a struggle going on in that sufferer's mind of which neither you nor I can form any ade- quate conception ; and when we say that his expe- riences, so sad, so overwhelming, were of a mental nature, independent of visible scenes and circum- stances, we seem to many to have reached a point beyond which we cannot go, without launching upon an ocean of vain and unsatisfying conjecture. True it is, that we cannot determine the precise nature of our Saviour's experiences in the hour of his conflict, for we can form no just idea of experi- ences of which we ourselves have not to some de- gree been the subjects ; but if we cannot tell all the ingredients which were mingled in that bitter cup which was given him to drink, we can at least say what was not stirred into the bitter draught, and thus detect the fallacy of some views, which, I apprehend, are sources of painful feeling to many, because I remember well how once they troubled my own mind, as detracting greatly from the cha- racter of the Redeemer. Let me ask your attention to a thought or two. 22 NATURE AND DESIGN OF The scene of the cross was the crisis of our Saviour's sorrow. The sufferings of his life had been many and bitter, as he had gone on from pain to pain, and anguish to anguish ; yet they were but the sprinklings which heralded the coming tempest. It was on Calvary that the storm burst upon him in its tremendousness ; and if you look carefully at his language during this crisis, you will find him overwhelmed and crushed, mainly by the conscious- ness of this fact, that he %oas abandoned by God. Now, what did he mean by this ? Is it true ; can it be true, as many have often said, and as we ourselves have often thought, that God in this hour of his Son's extremity, withdrew from him the light of his countenance and threw over him the cloud of his displeasure ? Was it any manifesta- tion of wrath toward him personally which so dis- tressed his mind and drank up his spirit ? His language does indeed appear at first sight to suggest such a thought ; but in view of this supposition, the scene of Calvary, is to my mind, wrapped in greater mystery than before. If, indeed, the medi- ation of Christ consisted in such an exchange of position between Himself and those for whom he suffered, that their guilt, as well as legal obligation to suffering, was transferred to Him, it should be perfectly consistent to speak of His enduring the wrath of God ; but who can reconcile his views of the character of the Redeemer with the idea that punishment, in any proper sense, entered into His sufferings \ Whose feelings will allow him to in- troduce the thought of punishment as an exponent THE CEUCmXIOK SCENE. 23 of the dying agonies of Jesus Christ ? Can we have in the same person a being innocent, yet guilty ? one upon whom God looks in wrath, and yet with great complacency ? one who is visited with punish- ment at the time when he is performing his high- est act of obedience ? it cannot be. Jesus Christ was God's beloved Son, in whom he was well pleased ; and never was he more pleased with him than when he reached the extremity of his woe. If this supposition is inadmissible ; is there any room for another, which has often been advanced, that Jesus Christ lost sight of his Father's coun- tenance, or at least apprehended such a loss ? How is such a thought to be reconciled with the facts, that in the moment of his bitterest experience his language is that of filial and affectionate confidence ? that at this very moment, he had distinctly in view " the joy set before him ;" that he had an interest in Heaven, as evinced by the assurance given to the thief at his side ; that he could with perfect confidence commit his spirit to his Father, and act the part of intercessor as he prayed for those who nailed him to the tree. There is nothing in all this which looks like spiritual abandonment or a loss of the light of God's countenance. In view of such facts, I can never admit the common exposi- tion of our Redeemer's suffering as consisting in any- thing like darkness or momentary despair. There is not a thought like this upon any page of the Bible ; there is nothing in any recorded circum- stance of a Saviour's passion which can furnish the least ground for such a supposition. 24 NATUEE AND DESIGN OF And yet there must "be a sense in which Christ was forsaken of God, or he never would have used the language — what then, we repeat the question, are we to understand by it ? He was given up to suffering. If you look at the pages of the Bible, you find that there was given unto the Eedeemer a particular work to do. " For this purpose was the Son of God manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil." To do it, he must show how iniquity can be forgiven, while at the same time, he breaks the power of him who had triumphed over man. It was a work at once of wisdom and of power. Under a perfect government, the con- nection between sin and suffering must be seen to be indissoluble. If you can conceive of any circum- stances in which these two ideas can be dissociated, you can conceive of circumstances, in which the securities of righteousness and happiness, are not perfect. If Christ then is to accomplish his work, he must be made perfect through suffering, and his suffering, to answer its end, must be as intense as sin is malignant. He must therefore so identify him- self with sinful man, that his sufferings shall be seen in connection with their sin as the ground of its forgiveness, or in other words its expiation. Thus it was that the curse of a broken law might be traced in his mighty pangs, and every line of the writing of agony, might be a lesson, as to the evil and magnitude of the curse. In this sense he could be given up by God to sorrow, and at one and the same time he might sink under the fearful pressure which was put upon him, while he yet THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. 25 had continually the light of his Father's counte- nance. If you look again attentively at the record of the Redeemer's sufferings, you will discover in almost every line, intimations of some hidden, mysterious strife. The scene of Calvary was distinctly antici- pated by him, as " the hour of the power of dark- ness.' 1 What was open and palpable in these tragic occurrences, was but part of the doings of the same agency which was working, still more terribly, un- seen. In all that was visible the prince of darkness was using the influence of men, while in the spirit- ual and invisible world he was using other agencies far more mighty. Christ had voluntarily assumed the work of captain of our salvation, and as such he must carry it through single-handed and alone. It was necessary to the perfection of his character, as the great Mediator, that he should himself be seen to be the conqueror of death and hell, so as to be able to give assurance to all who put their con- fidence in him of his ability to secure to them ultimate victory by means of the same power, by virtue of which, he himself triumphed so gloriously. His language upon the cross, therefore, seemingly so mysterious, was, as I apprehend, but the expres- sion of his feelings, as he found himself solitary in this last desperate strife. He had never uttered such language before — as never before had he been placed in precisely similar circumstances, never be- fore had he been conscious, of being left to manage alone, and master alone the powers of darkness with whom he was called to contend. Burins; his 26 NATURE AjND DESIGN OF previous history, amid all the scenes through which he passed, and under all the difficulties he was called to encounter, and all the trials he had been summoned to endure, it never was true of him, that he stood alone. In the hour of his temptation he had succours from on high ; in his conflict in the garden angels ministered to him. Very differ- ent is it with him now, and it is not surprising that when he reached the crisis and heat of the struggle, and the last great onset was to be made upon him, when about to receive the fulness of the cup which had been mingled for him, and his overwrought and overtasked human spirit was taxed to the utmost of its powers of action and endurance, he should give vent to his feelings in the language of dereliction. I look upon his words, therefore, in these circumstances, as conveying the same meaning with like words uttered in olden time by the Church, and on one occasion by the Psalmist, u The Lord hath forsaken me." At that very moment they were dear to him as the apple of his eye, and he never forgot them for an instant ; but for the time, they were left under the power of affliction, without any visible means of re- lief but such as they themselves could furnish. So it was with Jesus Christ, and his language, so far from conveying the idea that he was suffering the wrath of God, or was a subject of spiritual derelic- tion, is but expressive of his feelings, as he entered single-handed into his last desperate conflict with his greatest enemy. I give this interpretation of our Saviour's experi- ence upon the cross, as the only one in which my THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. 27 own mind can rest, as relieving the subject from difficulties, not only upon any other supposition in- surmountable, but as painful to every Christian heart. And yet the scene which is here presented to our attention, even when relieved of its difficulties, is truly wonderful ; and the end which it contem- plated must be as extraordinary as wonderful. What that end was is an appropriate enquiry, be- cause in the end as illustrated by the means, is found the power of the cross. My first remark here is, that the trials and suf- ferings of Jesus Christ were essential to the perfec- tion of his character as our great example. " To this end," we are told, that " he suffered for us, leaving us an example." There have been in our world examples of patience and submission and resignation to the will of God, but there have been none like that of Jesus Christ. To answer this great end, he must learn obedience from his suffer- ing, and learn it too in the most painful circum- stances ; he must endure the heaviest trials which can weigh down a human spirit, and become ac- quainted with sorrow, not merely in its varied, but in its heaviest forms, and having thus learned obe- dience, by going through the perfection of suffer- ing, he has become a perfect example. So, like- wise, to qualify him for his office, as " the captain of salvation to all them who obey him," it was necessary for him to pass through the very scenes of trial and conflict which marked his history ; he must meet the powers of darkness at the moment 28 NATTTKE AND DESIGN OF when they gained their greatest ascendancy, and overcome them, when they put on their severest forms of malice, and put forth the mightiest efforts of their strength. This he did upon the cross, and having there made a show of his enemies openly, he is manifested to the world " as able to save unto the uttermost all who come unto God by him." In the midst of such thoughts, however, important as they are, and essential as they may be to a cor- rect view of our Redeemer's position and work, we must not overlook what seems to us to have been the main design of the crucifixion scene. The grand theme which constitutes the burden of this revelation, is reconciliation between man and God, and this reconciliation is uniformly spoken of as effected only by the cross of Christ. The forgiveness of human transgression — that is the point to be compassed — and to be compassed in a way as honourable to God as it is safe for man. The integrity of the divine character, no more than man's own sense of right, preclude the idea of for- giveness and reconciliation separate from something which taking the place of our punishment, shall answer the same end, and make an equal or a bet- ter impression. Something there must be, upon which the human conscience can roll the burden of its guilt, something which can inspire confidence in God ; otherwise there is a barrier between the soul and its Creator, high as heaven, and enduring as the Eternal throne ; and upon this intricate and per- plexing question, the cross of Christ has thrown its unequivocal and satisfactory light, demonstrating THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. 29 no less clearly God's justice than his grace in for- giveness. I am not wrong in speaking of the wondrous im- pression, which the sufferings of a Redeemer as a substitute for man, have made upon the human mind. Since the world began, no transaction like it has ever taken place — no expedient like it has ever been found to influence the human heart or stay the swelling tide of human corrup- tion. The flood swept away a guilty world, and the impression made by that dread manifestation of divine displeasure was soon forgotten. Fire from heaven destroyed the cities of the plain, and the impression was soon forgotten, and they who stood around the cross of Christ, thought that the impression of the crucifixion scene would be soon forgotten. But it was not so ; the blood of Geth- semane and Calvary was scarcely dry, ere this event attracted the attention, affected the hearts, and changed the character of thousands. Its influ- ence spread with the rapidity of fire ; wealth and power were insufficient to stay its progress, or pre- vent its effect ; at the present day, it holds an ascendancy over more hearts than ever ; you feel it, I feel it, every where we cannot escape it, if we would ; and its influence is extending and widening, and deepening, promising to reach every nation, every family, every human being upon our globe. The impression moreover, which it makes is of the very character needed; an impression not more distinct of God's readiness to forgive sin than of His displeasure against sin. Can any of us doubt its 30 NATUKE AND DESIGN OF impressive power % Is there one who does not feel it ? One, some of the movements of whose mind- it does not control ? I take the man who imagines that the question of his immortality can be very easily disposed of; the man who finds shelter from his fears under the influence of some vague notions of the mercy of God, and carry him to the scene of the crucifixion, and bid him study it, to look at his reasonings and his hopes in the light of the cross. If there is anything which will disturb a man in his unconcern about futurity ; if there is anything which will shake the foundation of false hopes, the cross of Christ will do it. You think yourself safe, uninterested in the blood of atonement. See what God thinks of your confidence and hope. Your reasonings upon the subject come in too late. God has answered them already, in the expression of his views of sin, given in the death of His Son. Every movement of that sufferer as he prays in his agony ; every drop of blood which he sheds, testifies to the worth! essness of your hope. Your most serious misgivings, your most anxious thoughts, your most harassing fears, your most unhappy anticipations, called into being as they are by the study of the cross, are the honest testimony of your own spirit to its impressive power and the demonstration of the wisdom of God in his plan of reconciliation. No less mighty is it in its action upon the mind of the humble and contrite, than it is upon the conscience of the presumptuous and unsubdued. The impression which in this case it makes, as to one's safety, is as deep and effective, as the inrpres- THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. 31 sion which it makes in the other case of one's peril. Christians there may be, whose claims to the character and name, I should be slow to dispute, who have very little confidence in the value of their hopes, and sometimes even pride themselves upon their doubts, as evidences of a sensitive and enlightened conscience ; but what right have you or I to compliment ourselves at the expense of the cross of Christ % If the ground of our dependence was in ourselves, we might well doubt ; but what room is there for doubt in view of him who magni- fied the law and made it honorable ? My iniquities may be so many that I cannot number them, and so great that I cannot measure their enormity. My ill-desert may be so vast, as to be beyond my power of calculation, but I cannot go to the cross and study its meaning without learning that the blood of Christ cleanseth from all sin. Many and strong may be my temptations, and sometimes I fear that I may be borne down and carried away by their power. But my fears vanish when I re- member that I walk under the protection of Him who having been in all points tempted like myself, and having learned obedience from the things which he suffered, is exalted to be a high priest, enabled from his experience to sympathize with me, and by his power to succour me in every exigency of my being. I may be called to wrestle, not simply with flesh and blood, but with principalities and powers likewise, yet the captain of my salvation is one who has made a show of them openly upon his cross ; and where, or who is he that condemneth, 32 NATTTKE AND DESIGN OF since " it is Christ who died, yea, rather who is risen again ?" The impression then of the crucifixion scene upon the Christian's mind, assuring him of his safety, is no less distinct, than its impression upon the sinner's mind assuring him of his danger ; the fears of the former and the hopes of the latter, can exist only as the garden, the cross, and the sepulchre are shut out from the view — if the one dare not hope, the other dare not fear, as he thinks of the Redeemer's work. Oh ! there is something in this cross, we know it and feel it, which has a wonderous power to arrest, awaken, and convince ; and a power no less wonder- ous to soothe, to rest the anxious spirit, to charm to quietness the troubled conscience, and wake to hope the desponding soul. They who are careless have but to look to tremble, they who are sinking under a load of conscious guilt, have but to look to live, and they who are harassed by fears, have but to look to put on new forms of strength. I have one more thought : the cross of Christ is a demonstration of love, a warrant for confidence, an appeal to everything noble and generous about human nature. I question not that the Redeemer's work took its peculiar form, as much to meet the feelings of the human hearts as to meet the require- ments of God's justice and truth. Our feelings, my brethren, towards God, are naturally those of dis- trust and opposition, and that simply because we are sinners ; and these feelings must be mastered before we can be saved ; and they must be mastered THE CRUCIFIXION SCENE. 33 by an unequivocal overwhelming demonstration of love ; and we have it in the cross, for there " God is in Christ, reconciling man unto Himself." The Redeemer was not compelled to suffer ; at any moment he might have turned back from the path upon which he had entered ; he might have taken refuge in his own purity and thrown from him the oppressive curse, which seemed every moment to grow longer and broader, and deeper and higher. And why did he not do it ? We have no other answer than this. His suffering to him was a con- tinual lesson of the extent and magnitude of the curse, as it taught him how much he had to en- dure ; it taught him how much man must endure if he gave him up ; and because he loved man so much the thickening darkness of the curse only bound him the faster to his work ; the increasing weight of the curse only urged him onward ; its growing immensity only animated him to throw every nerve into the effort for its annihilation ; the principle which controlled became more energetic and active as the suffering became more intense ; he saw, he endured, he triumphed under the influ- ence of love to man ; and now he not only shows us that we may trust him, but he addresses his appeal to these hearts. And I know, my hearer, that there are hearts which respond to this appeal, if yours does not. I know that there are those who will here and else- where, gather to-day around the memorial of a Saviour's love, and under the subduing influence of the cross, will give themselves away to him, who 3 34 NATURE AND DESIGN OF on their account shrank not from the curse. Theirs will be strong emotions as well of confidence as of gratitude. What shall yours be? What tale shall be told of you, and what record made of your feelings and purposes ? A tale which will sound strange in heaven, and be read by you hereafter with an aching, sinking heart. The tale of one who could study a Redeemer's agony and sympa- thize with the spirit which caused it ; of one who could go to his master in Gethsemane and wring into the cup from which he drinks some of its drops of bitterness ; who could go with him to Calvary, and join with the unseen powers who dis- tracted his holy soul. Sin forced from him his cry of agony, as it gave horrors to the curse which overwhelmed him, and you will not forsake sin ! Sin, your sin, explains this dread catastrophe, and solves all its mysteries, and you will be a sinner still ! You do not fully comprehend this matter, or you could not think, and feel, and act as you do. If you do, if you can remain a sinner, unsub- dued by the cross, understanding its meaning and its mysteries, I would not occupy your position for ten thousand worlds. I would rather be one of those who nailed him to the tree and pierced his side, for of them could our Saviour say, as he cannot say of you, " They know not what they do." My guilty, unhappy hearer, a dying Saviour speaks to you to-day; his bitter passion and his prayer of agony, his atoning blood, and his dying exclamation, these are the arguments of the sinner's friend. An archangel could not speak to you in THE CKUCIFIXION SCENE. 35 strains so sweet, nor yet in tones so awful, as does the cross of Christ. Under the influence of that cross I would put myself, in strong confidence, and a spirit of devotion; under the influence of its arguments and appeals I would leave you. If you cannot admit its claims and yield to its power, if you cannot give yourself to your Master as he speaks to you to-day, go write, I know you must do it with a trembling hand, go write your decision upon his cross. THE LAMB SLAIN IN THE MIDST OF THE THRONE." " And, I beheld, and lo ! in the midst of the throne, and of the four beasts, and in the midst of the elders, stood a Lamb as it had been slain, having seven horns, and seven eyes, which are the seven spirits of G-od> -sent forth into all the earth." — Revelations v. 6. From the splendid vision which was vouchsafed to the beloved disciple, on the isle of Patmos, we select that part contained in our text, as furnishing an appropriate theme for our meditation this morn- ing. It is not upon the throne, circled though it was with a rainbow of emerald, nor yet upon him who sat upon it, gorgeous though he was with jasper and sardine stone, nor yet upon the living creatures, crowned though they were with gold, that we wish to fix your attention, but rather upon what at first sight appears to be out of place, because incon- gruous to what is so majestic and magnificent, a Lamb slain, a being, in the midst of this glory, clothed with the symbols of sadness, and exhibit- ing the marks of humiliation, and suffering and death. The design of the vision must be apparent to every one who will give a careful attention to the THE LAMB SLALTS". 37 context. It is to exhibit the dominion of God, and his unrestrained and controlling agency in manag- ing the affairs of the world. In the hands of him who sat upon the throne, was a sealed, mysterious volume, full of the secrets of the future ; and of all the hosts of heaven, not one was able to break the seals, and throw open the book, but one who was designated by the august title of " the Lion of the tribe Juclah, the Root of David ;" and surely, these notes of preparation, this wonderful and splendid preliminary process would lead us to an- ticipate in the person of Him who alone was able to open the book, the appearance at least of sur- passing glory ; and yet, while the apostle looks with admiring expectation for the coming of one who had been thus hailed and announced, he be- holds not a being wearing an aspect of resistless power, not a being arrayed with thunder, and seemingly able to trample upon principalities and powers, but " a Lamb as it had been slain," a being, wearing amid all the grandeur by which he was surrounded, if I may speak so, the imagery of death. It was the glorified humanity of Jesus Christ upon which, he gazed, bearing yet the evi- dences of a cruel and languishing death, to which it had submitted ; the print of the nails was there, the gash of the spear was there. Exalted though he was, the evidences of his humiliation had not been effaced ; there amid all his glory were the traces of his previous infamy and suffering : this is the be- ing, with " the seven horns," emblems of power and " the seven eyes," emblems of wisdom, " which are 38 THE LAMB SLAIN the seven spirits of God sent forth into all the earth." Now, can we mistake the doctrine inculcated ? The government of this world rests with Jesus Christ, as a once crucified Saviour, and he is invested as such, with all the power, and all the wisdom, necessary to break -the seals of God's book of Pro- vidence, and bring out the wondrous secrets con- tained within its mysterious leaves. There are then two thoughts embodied in this exhibition. The appearance of Jesus Christ in heaven, " as a Lamb slain," bearing the evidence of his conflict and suffering; and the government which as such he exercises over this world. The reasons for this peculiar manifestation, the lessons which we are taught by it, and the fact, that all the events in the world, all the developments of God's providence are made subservient to the Ke- deemer's purposes, are to furnish us with topics of remark. 1. My first thought is, the sacrificial offering of Jesus Christ is recognized in heaven. Think as men may of the theme of redemption through atoning blood, it is acknowledged in its reality and perceived in its glory by the dwellers in a higher and purer sphere than our own. If the thrones of heaven bow to the Lamb slain, if its lamps burn around him, its laurels garland, its harps celebrate, and its incense enshrines him, what care we for the names and opinions and suffrages of men ? You cannot by any possibility explain this peculiar ap- pellation given to Jesus Christ, without bringing IN THE MIDST OF THE THKONE. 39 into view the idea of his sacrificial work. " The Lamb," "the Lamb of God," "the Lamb of God slain." Yon must go back to Jewish history to find a key to unlock the mystery of these re- markable designations ; you must go back to the dark stillness of that night when the destroying angel was commissioned to traverse the land of Egypt in its length and breadth, dealing out death to the first born of the people, and covering the country with a saddened and terrified population. On that night were the children of Israel required to slay a lamb for every house, and take the blood and sprinkle it on the side-posts and doors of their dwellings, that when the destroying angel went through the land, he might pass by, and leave unharmed the houses upon whose thresholds ap- peared the commanded memorial. It was a type, as the apostle tells us, of " the blood of sprinkling ;" and if Christ is presented to us, as " a lamb," and " a lamb slain," if his blood is called " the blood of sprinkling," it must be so, because it is the mark of deliverance set upon those who are saved from the ruins of the apostacy ; and as in the night of Egypt's dismay the destroying angel knew from the blood spots on the dwellings where to strike and where to forbear, so, in the last day, when the wheels of the universe stand still, and begin to break, when the year of the redeemed shall have come, and the day of vengeance shall have arrived, the angels of God shall be guided, by a like desig- nation, as they go forth to sever between the wicked and the righteous, and they only shall be 40 THE LAMB SLAIN delivered from the terrors of the final catastrophe, who have been sprinkled with that blood which " cleanseth from all sin." But while the correspondence between the an- cient paschal lamb and the Eedeemer, explains the peculiar appellation given to the latter, it goes no farther in unfolding the mysteries of our text. We can easily understand that Jesus Christ, as the an- ti-type of the ancient sacrifices, must himself be a sacrifice, and as the blood of the offered lamb was the only security to the Israelites in the night of Egypt's desolation, so in the day of this world's ruin, the only pledge of protection and passport to safety must be found in the blood and death of the crucified one. But why after the Redeemer has passed through and accomplished his work, and risen to his glory and his throne, should he be re- presented as wearing still, amid his splendour, the mementoes and badges of his former humiliation and suffering ? In the appearances of sanctified spirits in the other world, as they were made to the beloved disciple, there was nothing like sadness or suffering. They are, indeed, represented as those " who had come out of great tribulation ;" but then all tears had been washed from their eyes, and all sorrow and sighing had fled away for ever. We feel that it would be incongruous to represent a glorified saint in heaven as one who bore the marks of suffering. It would give an aspect of melancholy and gloom to the whole scenery of the skies if the ransomed bore the marks of trial and suffering, IN THE MIDST OF THE THKONE. 41 because they would be mementoes, not of trials only, but of sins likewise ; signs not of sorrow simply, but of a guilty apostacy. It is not so, Low- ever, with Christ. His sufferings were indeed con- nected with sin, but not his own. He sorrowed, but not for himself. He agonized, but the iniquity of others drove him to the garden and the cross. The imagery of suffering and death, which would appear exceedingly painful, and even reproachful, if woven into the raiment of one who died because he had sinned, may appear beautiful and glorious as the garb of one who died only that he might atone and save from sin. The scar of a felon's brand is the perpetual mark of his infamy, but the scars of a warrior's wound proclaim his courage and publish his glory. There is, I imagine, a design in this representa- tion to exhibit to us that glory of the Redeemer which is peculiar to Him only, " as a Lamb that had been slain." He has a glory independent of any of his achievements for man ; a glory to which nothing could be added, and from which nothing can be withdrawn, whose shining can neither be brightened nor dimmed by the obedience or dis- obedience of his creatures, the glory of his essen- tial Deity. There is a glory, moreover, belonging to him as the One Mediator between God and man, who, without ceasing to be what he was, yet took upon him mysteriously the form of a servant, and thus gathered into one the creature and the Creator, lighting up the humanity with Deity, and 42 THE LAMB SLAIN clothing Deity with humanity, and becoming a form for the manifestation of the invisible God. But the peculiar glory of the Redeemer resulted from his work as Mediator. To accomplish this work he assumed humanity. The nature which had sinned was the nature to be redeemed, and it could be redeemed only by that which was effected in the nature which had sinned. Divinity alone could not be a Mediator ; humanity alone could not be. The nature of the office, implying two parties, supposes of necessity a sympathy with both ; and as God and man are the parties, none but the God- man can possibly be the Mediator. Hence it is that Christ took upon him the form of a servant. Hence it is that " the Word was made flesh." By sorrowing and obeying in the nature which had re- belled ; by keeping it un defiled, and then offering it through the Eternal Spirit a sacrifice unto God, Christ accomplished the end of his office ; and now I would have you distinctly to observe, as the illus- tration of the point before us, that he accomplished his work through suffering. The " Captain of our Salvation was made perfect, or exalted to glory by his sufferings." " By death he destroyed him who had the power of death." He died, but not as sin- ners die ; he fell, but not as falls the child of mor- tality. His wounds overcame his enemy; and death as it took hold upon Christ, did but paralyze itself. We often say of some earthly warrior, that " he fell in the moment of victory ;" but Christ did more than this, he obtained his victory by falling ; and if the military chieftain returning a conqueror IN THE MIDST OF THE THRONE. 43 from the conflict manifests his energy, and prowess, and bravery by the wounds which he bears away with him from the battle-field, why can we not un- derstand how the appearance of Jesus Christ on high, " as a Lamb that had been slain," is the brightest illustration of his grandeur. If his wounds were the arms by which he conquered, and his death the engine by which he shook to pieces the despotism of Satan, what attire can be so glo- rious a covering to his humanity, as the print of the nails and the gash of the spear ? Under what aspect can he show himself more beautiful than that of a lamb slain ? Where is the incongruity, the want of strict keeping between the scenery of heaven and this imagery of woe ? These signs of death are the emblems of victory worn by the con- queror ; the banner which floats over him is em- blazoned with his enterprize : the covering which enwraps him is written all over with his successes ; and if the marks of death are thus the tokens of triumph, we wonder not that he wears them ; we wonder not that the cros sshould be near him, and the garment in which he bled should be thrown around him, and that the burning cherubim and seraphim, when they would sing his praise, take their harps and sweep them to the chorus, " Worthy is the Lamb that was slain." 2. ISTow, if we have gone so far in our remarks, as to shew that this peculiar appearance of Christ in heaven was the best and brightest illustration of his glory as a Kedeemer, let us essay to go one 44 THE LAMB SLAIN step farther, that we may ascertain whether there is not that about it which administers to our own personal comfort, security, and hope. " Christ was once offered," we are told in the Scriptures, " to bear the sins of many ;" and in re- liance upon the statements of the same Scriptures, we believe, that " by the one offering of himself, he hath perfected forever them that are sanctified." In that one oblation there was such a virtue, that no amount of iniquity, however aggravated, can call for a new atonement. Under the law the sac- rifices were continually offered ; with the dawn of the morning and the shades of the evening victims must die for the offences of the congregation. But Christ having appeared as the great anti-type of the ancient offerings, has by one sacrifice made a full and complete atonement. But while we cling to this one sacrifice, believing that no sin ever has been, no sin ever will be committed, for which this will not suffice, we believe also that Christ is " the same yesterday, to-day, and forever." And what do we mean by this sameness ? Am I wrong when I say he is the same, so that there is no such thing as age in his sacrifice ? that centuries cannot give antiquity to his atone- ment, time cannot wear out its virtues; that his blood is as precious now as when first it was shed, and the fountain for sin and uncleanness flows with a stream as full and purifying as when first it was opened ? And how ? Simply because by his inter- cession he perpetuates his sacrifice ; and his offering, though not repeated on earth, is incessantly pre- sented in heaven. It was enough that he should IN THE MIDST OF THE THEONE. 45 once die to make atonement, seeing he ever lives to make intercession. Now, wlien we read that Jesus Christ, in heaven, appears as " the Lamb that had been slain," you will not consider me as wresting the inspired lan- guage or drawing a conclusion any broader than my premises, when I infer that he is now carrying on in heaven the very office and work which he commenced when upon earth ; and though there is no visible altar, and no literal sacrifice, no endur- ance of anguish, and no shedding of blood ; yet still he presents vividly and energetically the marks of his passion, and the effect is the same as though he died daily, and acted over again and again the scene of his tremendous conflict with " the powers of darkness." We can hardly imagine a figure which can more clearly than that of our text, express the idea that Jesus Christ on high presents himself as a mighty intercessor, an intercessor, not because he pleads with the plain tiven ess of entreaty, or the eloquence of tears; but because he covers the defenceless with the shadow of his wing ; because, whatever may be our necessities, however great the things we may need, however unworthy we may be of one of them, he has secured by his death a supply for our every want ; and now by presenting the merits of that death, he asks and secures the abun- dant outgoings of heavenly influence for the mean- est of his disciples. There are sins daily committed, in thought, word and deed ; how could they be pardoned, were it 46 THE LAMB SLAIN not for "the Lamb slain in the midst of the throne. 8 ' Why do we look for the descent of the Comforter, the aids of that Holy Spirt, without whom nothing is strong, nothing is holy, if not because Christ in- tercedes ? Why do we cherish such magnificent hopes ? Hopes, whose objects, because of their grandeur, are symbolized to us under the images of eternal crowns and immortal sceptres. Why are we not visionaries for indulging such hopes, and supposing it not only probable but certain, that things so rich and radiant should be placed upon the brows, or given into the hands of beings, who, if measured by a standard of righteousness and truth, deserve nothing but a heritage of shame ? Because we see in " the Lamb slain in the midst of the throne," marks which identify him with one, who while upon the earth left these words to en- courage his disciples' hearts, " I appoint unto you a kingdom, as my Father hath appointed unto me." The intercession of Christ consists in his perpetual presentation of his one all-sunicient sacrifice, and as that intercession is essential to the life, the comfort, and the hope of his people, so is the assurance of its reality conveyed to their minds by the appear- ance, which he is represented as wearing in heaven, that of a lamb that had been slain, exhibiting con- stantly the marks of the sacrificial offering. As we have already seen, therefore, that no aspect could be more honourable than this to Christ himself, and as we have now shewn how in- dispensable it is to his church that he should wear it, we are satisfied, that no nobler or more fitting IN THE MIDST OF THE THEONE. 47 description of him in glory, could be given than the one we have been calling you to study ; and if myriads of exalted creatures should gather around him, and break out in a song, which should be echoed by every creature in heaven and earth, and under the earth, no richer, sweeter melody could be wafted to our ears, none more glorifying to the Redeemer, than that of praise to " the Lamb that had been slain." Indulge me, if you please, in one more thought before I conclude my explanation of the symbol. There is no real, nor as we thus look at the sub- ject, is there any apparent incongruity, between the magnificence and glory of the throne, as pre- sented in vision to the apostle, and the marred aspect of the Redeemer as he is seen moving amid all this grandeur ; so far from it, that the beauty and effect of the vision results from its combination of these, at first sight, apparently opposite exhibi- tions. There is the throne ; it is a throne of ma- jesty, but in the midst of it is a form, bearing the traces of anguish and of death ; and surely if this teaches us anything, it teaches us that the crucified is not lost in the glorified ; the diadem on his brow is the diadem of " the King of kings ;" but the fore- head, there are deep lines of sympathy traced there, which tell us that it is still that of " the man of sorrows." If we had been informed merely that the Redeemer had ascended on high, that angels had met him, and heaven rung with his praises, that he had risen to a dignity which we could never estimate, and a power which we could never 48 THE LAMB SLAIN calculate, and a happiness of which, we could never form a conception ; we should seem so far separated from him, there would be such a broad, deep gulf dividing us, there would in appearance be so little in common between us, that we could hardly apprehend the fact that Christ and his church make but one body, he being the Head and they the members. While he is in the midst of his splendours, and all this glory is thrown around him, where can be sympathy for the afflicted, where a fellow feeling for those who are still struggling with the trials and temptations of the flesh ? At this point we go back to the fact, that he retains the marks of his sufferings ; the crucified is not lost in the glorified ; we cannot measure his power, his dignity, or his happiness, but whatever they may be, they have not removed Christ to a distance from his members ; he is still linked with all " who sorrow in Zion ;" for though he is in the midst of the throne, and surrounded by the praises of heaven, he is there, and is praised there, " a lamb as it had been slain ;" and while he bears the marks of the scourge, the nails, and the spear, we are safe in believing that he can feel for us in trouble, and succour us in trial. It is precisely this combination of the emblems of grandeur, and the mementoes of his sorrow, which makes the exhibition so peculi- arly beautiful and interesting to us ; there are the traces of his sorrow to teach us his sympathy, there is the throne, to reveal to us his power ; and thus who is the Lamb in the midst of the throne but our sympathizing and Almighty Saviour. IN THE MIDST OF THE THRONE. 49 3. If we have thus explained the reason, and un- folded the lessons of this peculiar appearance of Christ in heaven, as presented in the text, let us look for a moment at the relations which he sus- tains, as possessed of infinite wisdom and unlimited power to govern the world, symbolized by " the seven eyes, and the seven horns, which are the seven spirits of God, sent forth into all the earth." ~No doctrine, my brethren, is more plainly taught in the Bible than that Christ by his sufferings has been exalted to a throne of universal dominion, " given to be head over all things to the church ;" so that Providence has brought all its resources, and all its instrumentalities, and laid them down at the foot of the cross, to be used in subserviency to, and in furtherance of, its grand design. The Redeemer has a kingdom and an end for which that kingdom exists peculiarly his own ; and he must reign until his reign is universally acknowledged, and " all his enemies are put under his feet." It is as " the Lamb slain" that he is upon the throne ; and, of course, his universal government is designed to illustrate the glory and execute the purposes of redemption. The time is coining when every tribe, every soul upon the earth shall bow to the cross ; when the Redeemer's kingdom shall be reared upon the wreck of all opposing sovereignty, and all men shall call him blessed. Providence, as directed by Christ, has been, and is now engaged in briDging about this great consummation. The world in which we live, with the influences which are at work, and the events and changes 5(3 THE LAMB SLAIN which are taking place in its different departments, varies in its aspect according to the medium through which we look at it. The politician watches events as serving to illustrate or contradict some particular political theory. The political economist studies u the signs of the times," as they have a bearing upon some favourite doctrine relative to the pro- duction of wealth ; and each is waiting for, as he predicts, some grand demonstrations when all men shall have their rights, and the prosperity of the world shall be perfect, as the laws regulating the development of the world's resources shall be uni- versally understood and obeyed. But to the Christian the world wears a Yery different aspect, and its events and changes have a very different meaning as he looks upon them in their relation to the triumphs of the Redeemer's cross. We speak in accordance with the teaching of inspiration and the sure word of prophecy, when we say that every occurrence is the herald of the Redeemer's triumph. We may not be able to show the connection of every thing with the general result, or the tendency of particular movements to hasten it ; but we know that there is nothing in this world, in any depart- ment of human enterprize or action, nothing com- mon or uncommon, melancholy or joyous, trivial or magnificent, which has not its own appropriate meamng and influence in relation to the success of the Redeemer's cause. The affairs of an individual and of a family, no less than the affairs of states and empires, are subservient to this grand issue. Whether an individual is preserved or stricken IN THE MIDST OF THE THEONE. 51 down in death, whether families are exalted or de- pressed, whether nations rise or fall, whether war convulses kingdoms, and famine and pestilence de- cimate the population of the earth, or peace waves its olive branch over the world, and health and prosperity prevail, and abundance is poured out from the treasury of heaven's bounty, whether the kings of the world join, and the rulers take coun- sel together against the Lord and his Anointed, or give their influence directly to the furtherance of the cause of Christ, whether he of the triple crown adopts a more liberal or a more contracted policy, and other potentates encourage or oppose his move- ments, nothing occurs which is not originated or permitted by him who is King in Zion, and head over all things to his church, nothing which is not directed or overruled to the furtherance of his grand designs. Thus to the eye which faith in the sure testimony of God has opened, this world, in all its transactions and events, wears an aspect of wondrous interest, because every one of them has some undoubted connection with the grand and final development of the system of redemption. We may not be able to see clearly the lines along which runs the influence of divine occurrences in this world; but to the eye of Him who sitteth upon the throne, they are lines of light, all con- verging to one point, that magnificent result upon which prophecy delights to pour all its splendid imagery, when the kingdoms of the world shall become the kingdoms of our Lord and of his Christ, and the whole human population shall bow at the 52 THE LAMB SLAIN name of the Kedeerner. The days which are pass- ing now, are the days of the Son of Man ; and each successive one as it passes, heaving into being new and surprising events, is but an illustration of the wisdom and the might of Him who sits upon the throne, as they all mark the different stages of that grand revolution which is going on, and which in its issue shall show the earth converted into a noble temple, and that consecrated to Christ ; and whose melody, issuing simultaneously from every dwelling-place, shall be but the echo of the anthem long since raised in heaven, the anthem of praise to the " Lamb that has been slain." Take this thought then, and throw its light upon the world in which we live, and what a different aspect is worn by every thing. "What before ap- peared small, now looms into importance, and is seen in its magnificence and grandeur ; what before appeared great, now dwindles down into its own appropriate insignificance. The great and the noble, and the proud of earth, lose their impor- tance ; their mighty enterprizes, and their grand ex- ploits, sink down into the petty strifes of an ephe- meral ambition to the eye of one who sees the Lamb slain moving amid them all, directing them all, and using them all to fulfil the purposes of his redeeming mercy. Nothing, my brethren, is great in this world, but the kingdom of Jesus Christ ; nothing but that, to a spiritual eye, has an air of permanency. The history of the past; has been but a history of the rise and fall of individuals and of nations ; but amid all the changes and overturn- ES" THE MIDST OF THE THROVE. 53 ings which have thus far gone to fill up the annals of time, the kingdom of Christ has remained, and under the protection of Him whose wisdom and power are symbolized by the seven spirits of God abroad in all the earth, it is steadily advancing, enlarging its boundaries on every side, and going on to fill the earth. Happy the man who can look at things with an eye of faith, and attaches him- self to the only interest which is abiding, and gives his influence to the only cause which is destined to triumph. The man who takes his place by the side of the Redeemer, and identifies himself with his kingdom, consecrating his influence to the cause for which the Lamb slain has been raised to the throne, occupies the only position worthy of a rational being, especially one whom Christ died to save, and the only position in wmich a single hope that an immortal spirit deems worth the cherishing, can ever be fulfilled. My brethren, allow me to ask, in view of the subject which I have endeavoured, though I am conscious with very little success, to set before you, what relation do you sustain to the Lamb slain; what part are you taking in the great drama which is now acting upon the theatre of our world I If we are Christ's, then we know that the mark of deliverance is upon us, and in the night of tumult, and confusion, and death, God's messengers of judg- ment shall pass over and leave us unharmed. If we are Christ's, then amid all the toil and trial which we may be called to endure, as we look up to the throne, and see the marks of the crucifixion 54 THE LAMB SLAIN on liim who occupies it, we have the pledge of suc- cour and safety. If we are Christ's, then his wis- dom and his power, pervading all the earth, and regulating all its scenes, give conclusive evidence that not one hope which he has taught us to cher- ish shall fail. If we are Christ's, then the very act which seals our covenant, secures our triumph ; for he who is our helper reigns, and our intercessor sits upon the throne. Is it so then with us, that we are safe under the covering of this great intercessor, and can we believe that he is now interposing on our behalf the all-prevailing plea of his wondrous sacrifice ? Is it so, that we are indeed among the number of those for whom his wisdom plans and his power executes, the loss of one of whom would demonstrate the worthlessness of his atonement and rob his diadem of its glory? You cannot imagine a question which, in point of interest and importance, can for a moment be compared with this ! Your all is wrapped up in it. It may not be long ere the symbols of Egypt's dark night of destruction shall be fulfilled in the still deeper darkness which shall gather around us. Is the blood upon our door-posts, so that if this very night God should pass through the land, he should see the mark, and leave us unharmed ? Very much do I fear concerning some of us, that the peace-speaking and life-giving blood has not yet been sprinkled upon the heart and the conscience. Very much do I fear for some, that, though nomi- nally Christian, their hearts are upon their goods, their honours, and their pleasures, rather than upon m THE MIDST OF THE THRONE. 55 Christ. They feel no need of a Kedeeruer, see no beauty in him, have no sympathy with him, give no influence to his cause. Is it so with you, my brethren \ Then lose sight, I pray you, of your speaker a moment, and let the Lamb slain be your preacher to-day ; the cross is his pulpit, anguish his argument, his eloquence is blood. Oh ! hear him, and let not your hearts by hearing him un- moved prove themselves harder than the rocks which were rent asunder. He preaches of sin • that forgetfulness of God and neglect of his laws, which you think a trifle, and bids you estimate it in view of his agony and blood, which as its only expiation, can alone be the true revealers of its nature and the just measures of its enormity. He preaches of perdition ; deep, dark, and dreadful must it be, when the terrors of the crucifixion are its most fitting symbols. He preaches of compas- sion ; his language glows with love ; it is rich, inex- haustibly rich in encouragement. " I have found a ransom." " Look unto me and be ye saved." But we have not been satisfied with taking you to Calvary ; we have endeavoured to carry you within the veil, that you might hear the same truths which were delivered under a darkened sun, and upon a trembling earth, woven into the anthem of angels and archangels. Ye who are ashamed of Christ, listen, I pray you, to the notes of the cruci- fixion, as swept from the golden harps of principal- ities and powers, and borne upon a tide of melody, whose sound is as the sound of many waters. Among the voices which the apostle heard tuned to 56 THE LAMB SLAIN the praises of the Lamb, were the voices of those in whose behalf the Word never was made flesh, for whom he did not die, and whom he did not redeem. And if angels and archangels admire and adore the Lamb that was slain ; if they discover the wonders of the atonement ; if they understand the greatness of the achievement which wrought out our salvation, shall any of us, the very objects of this wondrous interposition, shall we for whom the Saviour left his throne, we for whom he was betrayed into the hands of wicked men, crucified and slain, be ashamed of giving him our homage } and swearing to him our allegiance ? God have mercy on the man who can give to this question an affirmative answer ! Woe unto him who can practically judge the Lamb of God to be unworthy of his obedience, unworthy of his con- fidence, unworthy of his love. What is this but ar- raying one's self against all that is gentle, all that is tender, all that is meek, all that is forbearing in the Saviour of sinners ? And when that which is gen- tle is roused to anger, and that which is meek into fierce indignation ; what are they ? and who can stand before them ? Look ye, my brethren, upon Christ in his tenderness, and provoke not the wrath of the Lamb. Behold him as he taketli away the sins of the world, lest ye be crushed beneath his feet, when he treadeth the wine press of his fierce indignation. The voices of the blest as they follow him whithersoever he goeth, no less than the voices of the lost from their heritage of shame, bid you to " Behold the Lamb of God which tak- IN THE MIDST OF THE THE03TE. 57 eth away the sin of the world." Hear them, and hear them speedily, that ye may be able now and hereafter more fully to enter into the spirit of the anthem — " Worthy is the Lamb which was slain ;" for oh, be ye sure of this, my dear brethren, if with uplifted heads and joyful voices, we mingle not at last in that wondrous, mighty song, which is to be pealed forth from a renewed and purified uni- verse, another cry shall be forced from us by our deep consternation and terror. " Hide us from the face of him who sitteth upon the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb." REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. " Come, for all things are now ready." — St. Luke xiv. IT. It is not so much upon the nature of the invita- tion presented in the text, as upon the reasons for embracing it, that we design to insist this morning. We take it for granted, as a point not now in dis- pute, that the offer of the Gospel is full, free, universal — no terms could be used to express it more general and unrestricted. Whatever the Gospel may be, whatever it may involve, it is a message for all — " Go, preach my Gospel to every creature," is the commission under which it is an- nounced to the world. It is meant for man where- ever he may be, in whatever circumstances placed, whatever may be his character, his experiences, his hopes, or his fears— for man, as man — for man as a creature of time — for man as an heir of im- mortality — for man as a sinner, who needs forgive- ness — for man as lost, who needs recovering and renewing influences. If there is a human being who has never sinned, the Gospel is not for him. REASONS FOE EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. 59 If there is one who is perfectly satisfied with him- self, who has no trials, no weaknesses, no wants, the Gospel is not for him. It goes upon the pre- sumption that we are a race of fallen creatures, who have sinned against God, and have forsaken the foun- tain of living waters, and makes a provision for us as such, and it is our want which brings us within its scope and under its blessed influence ; and among those to whom its message has come, the first human being is yet to be found who is excluded from its offers. " Whosoever will, may come and take of the waters of life freely," is the free and un- trammelled invitation we are commissioned to utter. It is worthy of remark, moreover, that the Gospel deals with men, not in the mass, but as individuals. ""■"It is a message for the world, only as it is a message for each and every man in the world — it is a pro- vision for you and for me, as truly as though there were no other beings in existence to whom it could have any reference, and then only do we understand it, when we look ujDon it and listen to it as an invi- tation addressed to us individually. These positions I take to be incontrovertible. If I had doubts here, I should be at a loss how to preach the Gos- pel. If it was not certain to my mind, that its pro- visions were meant for each and every one of you, and were tendered to each and every one of you, I should not dare to preach it to any of you, for in saying " Come, for all things are now ready," I inio\ht be uttering an untruth. It is upon the ground then of this doctrine, that I come this morning to speak to you, my hearer, 60 SEASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. as an individual, and I wish you to isolate yourself from all others, and listen to rny text, as addressed to you personally. Sinful, weary, dissatisfied, un- happy man, Christ says, there is pardon, and rest, and fulness of joy for you. " All things are ready ;" come, embrace his offer, and receive his blessings. To urge this invitation upon your acceptance is my present design, by simply setting before you some of the reasons by which it is enforced. If the Gos- pel is true, if it is what it proclaims itself to be, if you are what it represents you to be, if you must be what it commands you to be, then you have in the Gospel itself, in the principles which it unfolds, in the provisions which it makes, in the stern necessity of obedience which it imposes, over- whelming reasons for embracing it. Nothing, I care not what it is, commends itself so strongly to your mind — almost any thing else you can dispense with — fix your mind upon any thing, I care not what it is, however strong your attachments to it may be, you can do without it ; but you cannot do without the gospel. If the Bible is true, you cannot do without an interest in Jesus Christ ; and this is the great reason why you should embrace it. NoWj in unfolding this reason, it is no part of my design to enter upon an extended argument to prove the truth of the gospel, nor upon an extend- ed illustration of its principles, its provisions, and its claims. I shall find the materials of my appeal to-day in your own clearly settled views and con- victions upon these points, in your experiences, in your conscious need of something which you do not REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. 61 now possess, and which yon are satisfied you can find in the gospel. 1. First, then, you believe that the gospel is true ; perhaps upon no one point are your con- victions so full, and clear, and decided. You avow yourself a believer in the Bible ; you could not, with your present views and feelings, bring yourself to take the position of the Atheist, or the Infidel, or to "sit in the seat of the scorn- ful ;" you would not wish that your nearest friend should suspect even that your sympathies might have such a tendency. It would injure your repu- tation in the world ; it would still more injure your feelings. We do not know how this conviction of the truth of the gospel has been reached ; it may perhaps have been the result of a lengthened and careful examination of the testimonies which have been gathered around Christianity; it may have resulted from a self-evidencing power in the word of God itself ; for one, we believe that the Scrip- tures carry along with them their own best creden- tials ; its disclosures bear the evidence of their truth upon their very face ; and no man can sit down with an honest mind to the perusal of the inspired page, and rise up from it with the conviction that he has been studying an ingenious fable — there may be difficulties here which the sincere inquirer may be unable to remove ; a great variety of ques- tions may start up, which he cannot answer, but even while he is grappling with those very difficul- ties, and endeavoring to work out answers to these puzzling questions, his conviction of the truth of 62 REASONS EOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. this written testimony will "be continually growing stronger and deeper. This much is certain that there is something in every human bosom, which wakes responsive to the general spirit and teach- ing of the gospel. You have no feelings in refer- ence to any other book like those which belong to you when you approach the Bible ; and that sim- ply because you think that God is speaking to you ; and the thoughts here recorded find their way into your inmost soul. Even the man who has worked himself up to skepticism has certain undefinable emotions when he comes to commune with this book of God ; because, amid all his doubts, which he has carefully been nursing, he cannot keep down the fear that in every one of his doubts he may be wrong. The general force of public opinion, moreover, in every Christianized community, is in favour of the gospel; the men who think but little upon the subject cannot in view of the effects of the gospel upon the public mind, doubt its truth. A sys- tem which has done so much ; done what no human wisdom, no human influence have ever yet availed to do, cannot be a deception ; nothing would so shock generally the public mind, as a system of education upon avowedly infidel principles ; and you would not trust your children to its influence for an hour. In fact, my brethren, the conviction of the truth of the gospel, whether resulting from examination of its evidence, from a knowledge of its effects, or from the influence of education, is well nigh ' universal. Some unbelievers there are, but they are comparatively few, and even these REASONS EOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. Go have reached their scepticism for the most part by artificial means ; it is not the result of the natural and unfettered actings of their own minds in view of the testimony of God ; it is an exotic, which requires careful nursing to keep it alive. It matters not, however, whence this conviction has been derived; we have the fact, which is all we need upon this present occasion ; you believe the gospel to be true, and here we take our stand and make our appeal. Why not embrace it \ Produce your cause, bring forth your strong reasons. Why not embrace the truth ? You are a sinner and need pardon ; you believe it — God offers you pardon for Christ's sake — you believe it — you have not to go into an examination of its evidences ; the reality of the Gospel, as a system of pardoning and recover- ing mercy, is past all question in your mind ; why not receive it into your heart and submit to it. Its terms, perhaps, you say are exclusive ; but it says " there is none other name given under heaven among men whereby they may be saved,' 1 but the name of Jesus ; and you believe it ; and what though they may be exclusive, they are true. It says " Come, for all things are ready," "Whosoever comes to me, I will in no wise cast out." " If ye believe not that I am he, ye shall die in your sins." And it is all true, and what more than truth does a man need to determine him ? If it is true, it cannot be evaded ; if it is true it will stand eternally ; if it is true, no man can say why he should not em- brace it. If upon this point you had any question in your own mind, if you feared the adoption of a 64 REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. falsehood, if you suspected " even that there might be danger of error in embracing the Gospel, then there might be a reason why you should not become a Christian till all doubts were remov- ed ; but there is nothing of the kind ; and we ap- peal to-day to your own convictions, while we say, " Come, for all things are now ready." You cannot get away from this direct home appeal, except as you throw suspicion on the gospel itself, and then you must be driven over upon the ground of the skeptic, upon which you are afraid to tread ; and gather around you, and submit yourself to influ- ences which you feel to be blighting to the soul, withering to all its richest joys and destructive to its most precious hopes. 2. While you admit the Gospel record to be true, you at the same time approve of the entire subject matter of its testimony. The human mind, uncloud- ed by prejudice, and unperverted by sophistry, is always in favour of the Gospel. It is not until a man has been schooled and disciplined by desires contrary to the will of God, that he is able to cavil at any of the declarations of the inspired volume, or find fault with any of its disclosures, as incon- sistent. Nay, it is the entire reasonableness of the subject matter of this communication from heaven which furnishes one of the most convincing argu- ments of its truth. "We are not speaking now of the man who by reason of long familiarity with wrong principles has benumbed or destroyed his power of moral perception and discrimination. It is quite possible for one to bring himself to that state, in SEASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. 65 which he cannot distinguish between right and wrong, between truth and error, as it is possible to damage the eye so that it cannot distinguish be- tween colours ; or pervert the taste, so that what was once nauseous may become pleasant ; or injure the ear, so that there shall be no difference between a harmony and a discord ; but in each of these cases the organ is in a diseased or unnatural state, and no more proves that all colours, all tastes, all sounds, are alike, than a vitiated moral sense proves any of God's communications to be unreasonable. I am not now, however, speaking of what a skeptic may think of the word of God, or of what a man who wishes the gospel were false, may say of any of its declarations; but I am speaking of the posture of your own mind, in reference to the subject matter of this revelation ; and I say, that there is not a principle here unfolded, nor a claim here enforced, that does not approve itself to you as being what it ought to be. There are times, I admit, when you might, perhaps, wish that some of the features of the gospel system were different from what they are; when you would like to take somewhat off from the exclusiveness of its claims ; when it would suit you better, if it were a little more accommodating, a little more uncompromising ; but mark, these are the dictates of feeling, and not of reason ; reason accords with the principles and claims of the gospel precisely as God has given them ; it sees that if they were different, less exclusive than they are, they would be unworthy of God's wisdom, and un- deserving of man's attention. You feel that as a 5 66 REASONS FOE EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. creature of God, you ought to serve him, and serve him precisely in the way in which he declares he wishes to be served. If you have sinned against him, you ought to repent ; if he has provided a way for your forgiveness, which he declares to be the only possible way for forgiveness, it is but reason- able to embrace it ; if the Son of God has inter- fered in your behalf, and by his own death secured you the offer and means of everlasting life, you owe him a debt of gratitude which cannot be repaid, except by your intelligent, and cordial, and un- divided service. If the principles of the Gospel .are true, and you admit their truth, the propriety of the claims of the gospel follows of necessity. Who feels that it is wrong to serve God ? Who looks upon obedience to Jesus Christ as a question of doubtful expediency ? Not one whom I am now addressing. I should like to find the man who thinks it would degrade him as a rational creature and an heir of immortality to be a Christian. I should like to find the man who admits himself to be a sinner, who feels that he is a sinner, who is at all alive to the importance of eternal life, who would not, as his only rational course, come to this Bible to learn what he must believe and what he must do, in order to be saved. On the other hand, not one of my hearers intel- ligently and heartily approves of an irreligious course. Forgetfulness of God, ingratitude in view of his mercies, rebellion against his authority, a practical disregard of his claims, never commend themselves to your minds as reasonable. It mat- REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. 67 ters little upon what ground you put away from you the obligations of religion, it matters little how plausible the aspect which a sinful heart may throw over the excuses which are urged for a neg- lect of the great salvation, they are never such as you are willing, permanently, to rest upon, or always to abide by. So far from it, that you expect to give up, sooner or later, all these reasonings, and apologies, and to become, what you are not now prepared to be, a Christian. You could not sit down to construct an argument in favour of atheism, or infidelity ; you would not know where to find the materials of such an argument ; every thing upon which you could fix your mind would seem to be contrary to your purpose. I am not speaking of what has been done, or of what some men might do now; but of what you could do with your pre- sent views and feelings. You consider these systems of unbelief, in all their different forms, to be un- reasonable in view of the testimony which crowds from every direction around the Bible, which springs from its own pages, or which is returned to you from the effects it has produced, where- ever its influence has been felt ; at least, they seem to be so to your convictions ; and yet, my hearer, it is far more reasonable for a man to sit down, and dispute the evidences of Christianity, clear and conclusive as they may appear to your mind, than it is, after admitting the evidences of Christian- ity, to disregard its claims. I mean, if you will allow me to express myself in other words to render my sentiment, if possible, more plain, it is 68 REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. more reasonable to doubt whether God has spoken to us in these sacred oracles, than admitting this to be his word, to doubt whether we should believe his declarations, and obey his commandments. We have reached then another stage in our illus- tration. If the gospel is not only true, but if in all its principles and claims it is precisely what you feel it ought to be ; if it commends itself to your understanding as good ; if you can find no argu- ments against it ; if you are sure that you will never have reason to reflect upon yourself for acting in accordance with its claims ; nay, if you mean, and certainly expect, sooner or later, to come upon the ground where it would put you, and to be what it requires you to be, why, we ask, in view of all that is intelligible in your convictions of its truth and reasonableness, why not embrace it ? If you can- not come and be a Christian, give some reason for a refusal, which will wear the appearance, at least, of consistency with your acknowledged views and impressions. 3. I make another point here, which I ask you to ponder. In my preceding remarks upon the reasonableness of the gospel, it has been my object to shew that you owe it to yourself to be a Chris- tian ; that in no other way can you honour your own convictions of truth and propriety ; but I now add, that you owe something to God. You feel that there are influences thrown around you, which bind you to the eternal throne ; do what you may, you cannot reason out of existence all sense of the di- vine claims upon you ; they press you on every REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. 69 side ; they sometimes come down with an oppressive weight upon your spirit, and the fact that you have neglected them, or forgotten them, or postponed them to a thousand other things, is overwhelming to the mind in view of its certain future connec- tions ; you know that you must do right in order to be at peace ; a consciousness of wrong-doing mars all your joy; you must in some way get rid of it, or be an unhappy man. Precisely, at this point then, I meet you ; and this is my appeal. You are perfectly satisfied that it would be right for you to be a Christian ; you have no fears that you would be breaking any of God's commandments, or be doin^ violence to vour own conscience were you to embrace the offers of the gospel, and be a disciple of Jesus Christ. You never yet saw a man in your state of mind who had any misgivings upon this point ; you have seen skeptical men who pretended to question the propriety of becoming Christians — they cannot be otherwise than sincere in their doubts if they are sincere in their skepticism — and yet among all those who profess to glory in their skepticism, there are very few, if any, who really think they would be committing a sin against God, whose consciences would upbraid or torment them with the appre- hension of judgment in the event of their becom- ing the servants of Jesus Christ. The reason is, they are doubtful about their doubts. But no man who is convinced of the truth and reasonableness of Chris- tianity, as you are, ever fears that he shall go wrong in becoming a Christian. Your conscience, 70 EEASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. my hearer, would not reprove you as taking a doubtful step, one of questionable propriety, were you to embrace Jesus Christ, and enter upon his service. On the contrary, conscience, enlightened by the truth, requires you to do it, reproves you for not doing it, and heralds a painful retribution for neglecting or refusing to do it. In whatever part of my appeal I may fail to-day, I do not fail in the case of any of my hearers when I address myself directly to his conscience ; this is with me, and I can hold it ; there is not a single claim of Jesus Christ, which, when it is laid plainly and fully before the conscience is not felt to be right. Every man knows that he must be a Christian, it is a matter of stern necessity with him ; he is troubled because he is not a Christian ; he is troubled when- ever he thinks of his present relations to God, be- cause he knows that whatever he has, he has not God's blessing ; that whatever he does, so far as God's requirements are concerned, he is not doing right ; he is troubled when he thinks of the future, for he is afraid to meet God, except as a Christian ; and nothing gives him any peace of mind except as he can think it at least probable, that sooner or later he will be a Christian ; and if all this is true of a man, he is in his present position not because his conscience is against the gospel, but because it is perverted or seared. It may be stupid sometimes, and not speak, but its voice, whenever heard, is clearly, decidedly, uniformly in favour of practical spiritual religion. This then, is my threefold ar- gument to-day. In urging you to embrace the EEASOXS FOE EMBEACING THE GOSEEL. '71 gospel, we are but urging you to receive that which you believe to be true, to submit to that which you apprehend to be reasonable, and to do that which you know to be right. If there was a doubt upon any of these points ; if you felt that there was room to question the truth of gospel principles, if its claims seemed inconsistent to you, or you had any reason to fear that you might go wrong in becom- ing a Christian, we should say to you, pause ; do not commit yourself to any course of questionable propriety ; but if you are satisfied of the truth of the gospel, if your mind approves of it, and con- science accords with its claims, why not embrace it ? Take my appeal, I pray you, as it is thus set before you, and dispose of it in a manner which will meet the approval of your understanding and your conscience. 4. I have another point to urge. It is this : You feel that the gospel of Jesus Christ is the very thing you need ; that is, as you look at it carefully, study it in its different aspects, and examine closely its provisions, it is precisely adapted to all those wants which, as unsatisfied, are the causes of your disquietude and pain. The sorrows of human life are referable to three sources ; a sense of sin, difficulties and trials of life, and the prospect of the future. Dry up these sources of uneasiness, let there be no sense of re- sponsibility for past transgression, let every man have that which will comfort and support him under the varied ills to which he is subject on earth, let there be no apprehension of the future to 72 REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. disturb liim, and human life would wear an en- tirely changed aspect, and the page of man's his- tory would reveal scarcely a single sorrow. 1. Upon one point human experience is uniform. Every man feels himself to be a sinner. To this statement there are no exceptions ; it is true of the savage and of the civilized ; of all men in all their varieties of feeling, thought, or circumstance. How- ever conflicting may be men's theories of religion ; however widely separated they may be from each other in the principles they adopt and the paths upon which they travel, whether they are skeptics or believers, men of religion or no religion, they are one in this feeling, that they are not what they ought to be. Whatever explanation they may give of their condition in this respect, however they may reason upon the subject of their accountability to God, they feel that they are accountable, and that their obligations have not been discharged. Call it by what name you please, it is after all a sense of sin against God which troubles the human spirit universally, and man cannot get rid of it. He has tried ere this to reason God out of existence, and after he has done his best in the way of argument he has the evidence that his effort is a failure, in this sense of sin, which remains to disturb and oppress him. You feel, my hearer, that you have sinned against God ; you do not need any of my argu- ments to demonstrate that fact to you. You carry the evidence of it constantly within you. Some- times this sense of sin is overwhelming, crushing to BEAS0NS EOE EMBKACING THE GOSPEL, 7 3 the spirit, and every thing is dark to the vision, every thing palls upon the taste ; and so completely in some eases does this feeling swallow np every other feeling, that men choose strangling and death rather than life ; sometimes it is little more than a settled feeling of uneasiness, an undefined apprehen- sion that all is not right, rendering one dissatisfied with every thing around him. Its subject may be un- willing, to own it even to a bosom friend ; he may perhaps be unwilling to acknowledge it to himself, but it is there, and he knows it, and it troubles him. Now its evidences are seen in a pensive sad- ness which comes over his spirit ; there is no alarm, no agitation, no deep and agonizing remorse, but a gloominess of temper, as though every thing was wrong around him ; again it is seen in an irritated state of the passions, when strong feelings are ex- cited, and the bitterest enmity is developed against the friend who seeks his good and most faithfully reveals the truth. In some form or other this con- sciousness of having done wrong, coupled with a fear more or less distinct of God's displeasure, belongs to every man. It may not always be a present object of attention, for one may studiously avoid every thing which is calculated to excite it, but it is liko a festering wound, w r hich, carefully guarded, may not occasion any very intense pain, but which is con- stantly liable to be brought into contact with irri- tating causes, which, as they act upon it, produce the greatest anguish. You feel that you need something ; you need deliverance from this pressure upon the spirit, 74 EEASONS FOE EMBEACING THE GOSPEL. something which will put your mind at rest ; and when I come to you, as I do now, and preach to you the gospel ; when I tell you that Christ has borne our sins in his own body on the tree ; that there is forgiveness with God ; when I speak to you in the strains of the evangelical prophet, and say, " let the wicked man forsake his way and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him re- turn unto the Lord, and he will have mercy upon him, and to our God, for he will abundantly par- don f or when I say, " there is therefore now no condemnation to them who are in Christ Jesus," you feel that this is precisely what you need. For- giveness, that is the charm which soothes to quiet- ness the disquieted spirit ; it is like oil poured on the troubled waters, producing an undisturbed calm. What a different man would you be, my hearer, were a sense of forgiveness, full and free, to take the place of that sense of unforgiven sin which now oppresses you and darkens your prospect. What a load would be lifted off from that now oft over- tasked spirit, what a new light would be shed upon every thing. God would appear different; the world, life, death, every thing would wear a totally different aspect. You need forgiveness to make you a happy man; and the gospel, as it says, " Come, for all things are now ready," addresses itself to your very necessities, and urges you to em- brace it by the pardon which it offers. 2. But this is not all. Every human being in this world feels his dependence ; he cannot go alone ; he must have resources other than those EEASOBTS EOE EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. 75 which are hidden in his own bosom. Perhaps, in a scene of sunshine and of calm, man does not feel it ; but the ocean of human life has its storms as well as calms; its adverse tempests as well as prosperous breezes. jSTo man has ever yet passed through life ; no man has yet advanced any dis- tance in the journey of life, without encounter- ing trials. We cannot escape them ; it is idle to think of it ; come they will, and sometimes with a crushing force, and when they come, man feels the need of something out of himself upon which to lean. Talk as you please about the manly indepen- dence of the human mind, which enables its subject to rise superior to the trials of life, and to triumph over them; it is all a dream. In such circum- stances, man always goes out of himself for help ; one goes in one direction, and another in another ; sometimes the child of sorrow flies to the cares and troubles of business, to drive away distressing thoughts ; sometimes he flies to scenes of gayety and worldly pleasure, where excited passion leads on the giddy dance, to find amid the refined, or it may be the boisterous, in either case the unsancti- fied revelries of earth, something to amuse the spirit, and wean it from grief. That wretched vic- tim of the intoxicating bowl was once your man of lofty independence ; of, perhaps, great resources, and strength of endurance ; but trials came, disas- ters overtook him, and he felt his strength giving way, and he sought relief in the cup of the ine- briate. Man must have something upon which to lean ; he can no more go alone through the trials 76 SEASONS FOE EMBEACING THE GOSPEL. of life, than a child who has just learned to walk can travel safely, unsupported, amid the rocks and the precipices of the desert ; and here, child of sor- row and of want, the gospel appeals to you again, to this sense of dependence, as it presents before you Jesus Christ, your sympathizing Saviour, able to feel for you, and to help you, and says '■ come." 3. And yet again, it approaches you as an heir of immortality ; it meets your wants for this life, and it tells you and assures you of " the life which is to come ;" you know that you are a dying creature ; you dread the thought of dying, and yet you fear to live for ever ; annihilation has no charms for the human spirit, except as a protection from an apprehended curse; and now I speak what I know, if you have never embraced the gos- pel, you will not deny that you are afraid of dying, that you cannot reconcile yourself to the thought of it ; you shrink from it ; you banish it from your minds, because it embitters life ; and yet you know that it is coming, slowly, perhaps ; quickly, per- haps ; but surely ; you know that in a very little while, at farthest, that dread hour will be here, the hour when experience will teach you what death is ; and you dread it, because you are not pre- pared for it. All is dark beyond it ; you must have something which you do not now possess, before you can be prepared for death, or think of it with any degree of composure ; and that something is simply hope, a good hope, an intelligent hope, a well- founded hope, a hope which will not make ashamed. Oh ! for this hope. How that anxious and troubled REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. TY spirit sighs whenever it thinks of death ; how it looks around and within for something upon which it may hang its hope ! What a different world this would be to you, my hearer, if you had such a hope of heaven ! How you envy that Christian disciple, mean though his outward circumstances may be, who can say, " I know that when my earthly house of this tabernacle is dissolved, I have a build- ing of God, a house not made with hands, eter- nal in the heavens ;" " Lord, now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace according to thy word, for mine eyes have seen thy salvation ;" you feel that you must have such a hope before you can die, and now see how you are urged to embrace the gospel by the appeals which it makes to this very feeling. " He that believeth hath everlasting life ; he that believeth in me, though he were dead, yet shall he live ; and he that liveth, and believeth in me, shall never die." The gospel comes to you with its provisions for the future. You see and feel that this is the very hope your troubled spirit needs. You have no doubt that it is a good hope, a well- founded hope, a hope that will not make ashamed. Child of sin and sorrow, subject all your life-time to bondage through fear of death, the gospel offers its hope to you ; why not embrace it, and let your emancipated spirit go free ? This then, my hearer, is my appeal to you to-day in behalf of the religion of Jesus Christ. You could not have one more direct or more powerful ; it is an appeal to your faith, to your reason, to your conscience, to your wants ; and as the gospel says 78 REASONS FOE EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. " come," its language is echoed back "by your own deep and sincere convictions, by every sensibility of your nature, by all your wants and woes, by all your hopes and fears ; and under the pressure of this appeal, can you give yourself a reason why you should not embrace the gospel, one which your convictions will honour, which your sensibilities will approve, and which your wants and your fears will justify ? Is there an object worth possessing, or an interest worth preserving, or a hope, or a joy worth the cherishing, which says that you are wise, or right in rejecting this offer of the gospel which is now pressed upon your acceptance ? If there is, we have done. If there is a good reason why you should not be a Christian, this mind shall cease to arrange arguments for you, and cease to plead with you ; but while we know there is none, we can con- tinue to press this matter home upon you, and say " all things are ready, come. 1 ' Nor is it our argu- ment alone which presses you. It is the voice of God which speaks to you to-clay, and says, " Turn ye, turn ye, for why will ye die V- It is the Son of God who bore your infirmities and carried your sorrows, and put away sin by the sacrifice of him- self, who addresses you to-day, and says, " Behold, I stand at the door and knock ; if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him and sup with him, and he with me." It is Grod the Spirit, who moves with his gentle influence over that breast, or who whispers with his still small voice into your ear, " come," and all those around you who have embraced the gospel say, u come," REASONS FOR EMBRACING THE GOSPEL. 79 and all who have gone before you in the faith of this gospel, and have reached its rewards, take up the message, and send it back to you with all the strength which experience can give it ; and from that bright world above, from among those " blest voices uttering joy," there is one, it may be of an aged Christian father, whose grave you bedewed with your tears, or of a mother, who often spoke to you of Jesus Christ, or of that child whom God took from you in infancy, and whose smile is yet fresh in your memory, which, as it stretches out its arms, says, " come." Come, ere these voices all are hushed, and the darkness of a spiritual night gathers thick over your soul. While God, and Christ, and the Holy Ghost, and every voice in the universe are speaking to you. " Come, trembling sinner, in whose breast A thousand thoughts revolve, Come with your guilt and fear oppressed, And make this last resolve. " I'll go to Jesus, though my sin Hath like a mountain rose, I know his courts, I'll enter in, Whatever may oppose. " I can but perish if I go, I am resolved to try, For if I stay away, I know I shall forever die." THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. ' He that believetli not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God." — St. John iii. 18. The peculiarity of the text which I have just placed before you, is found, as every one perceives, in the prominence which it gives to unbelief in Christ as man's greatest guilt, and the only ground of his condemnation under the gospel. It seems to turn away our attention from every other position he may occupy, and direct it exclusively to the re- lation he sustains to the Saviour, making the ques- tion of his life or death, his acceptance or condem- nation under the divine government, hinge entirely upon the attitude he occupies as a believer, or an unbeliever, in " the record which God has given of his Son." I am not mistaken in supposing that there is something here, not only aside from men's usual trains of thought, but contrary to their ordinary apprehensions. They can perceive how human character may be determined, and human destiny fixed from man's relation to the simple code of the ten commandments, because they can see the right- THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 81 eousness, and feel the binding force of the moral law. They can understand that idolatry is a sin, that blasphemy is a sin, that the violation of any of the statutes which define our social duties is a sin, and that a man may be justly condemned for every or any one of them. They may apprehend, moreover, how a man who has sinned may be saved through the acceptance of an offered pardon ; there are sufficient analogies in human things to il- lustrate this point. But here comes the gospel of Jesus Christ ; and it loses sight, apparently, of all other sins, however numerous they may have been, however great they may have been, in view of the greater, the more monstrous, the overwhelming guilt of unbelief. With regard to all other sins, its language is, " Though they be as scarlet they shall be white as snow, though they be red as crim- son they shall be as wool ;" but the sin of unbelief persisted in knows no forgiveness, and entails con- sequences from which there is no redemption. It would be perfectly intelligible to say, that it is merely negative in its destructive influence, as shut- ting its subject out from all interest in the promised pardon, and leaving him precisely where he should have been had no offer of forgiveness ever been made ; but vastly different from this is the repre- sentation given upon the sacred page. Here unbe- lief in Christ is represented as a positive crime, a crime with which, in point of enormity, no other form of human sinfulness can be compared ; a crime which not only fastens upon its subject the guilt, and binds him over to the penalty of all his other 6 82 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. sins ; but which is itself the most striking and full- est development of enmity against God and op- position to his government, which can possibly be presented. Sure I am that men do not feel, if indeed they apprehend this truth. To other forms of criminal- ity, conscience may be sensitive, and administer its painful and forceful rebukes, in view of the transgression of any precept of the decalogue; but how many of the hearers of the truth, think you, my brethren, feel when they go away from an offer of eternal life through Jesus Christ, which has been presented to them, and from an appeal of the gospel, which has been ministered to the conscience and the heart, refusing the one and resisting the other, or careless and indifferent about either, that they are then and there presenting to the eye of God, and of every being who understands their spiritual relations, an exhibition of character, to be exceeded by none in the insult which it puts upon the authority and the contempt it pours upon the love of God ; an exhibition, which concentrates in itself the elements of all sin, and which justifies the heaviest sentence recorded in the book of God against human transgression. How few believe it ; and yet this truth is written in lines of light upon every page of the Bible. Of this it is the especial province of the Holy Spirit to convince men, when according to the promise and in the words of the Saviour, he comes to " reprove the world of sin, because they believe not on me." And this truth every one must understand and feel, before he is THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 83 brought into the life, and light, and liberty of the gospel. Be it mine then to-day, to put the doctrine in such a light, and to give of it such illustrations as shall commend it to the mind and conscience of every one who hears me. And here, possibly, I may in the very beginning divest the subject of not a little of its mysterious- ness, by calling attention to the new circumstances and position in which the gospel of Christ places everyone of its subjects. We are here, my breth- ren, upon trial for an eternal world — the question of life or death, the blessing or the curse is before us, and it is as yet with those who are out of Christ an unsettled question. It is not however to be settled upon principles of law. The event is not now to be determined, our destinies are not now to be fixed from our relation to this precept, or that precept, or all the precepts of the decalogue. For in this relation, every man has had his trial and reached the issue. In the eye of the law of God, every man is a sinner, has been pronounced such, and as such has been condemned. He needs no other trial here, he can have none, for already has it been settled and proclaimed as a universal truth growing out of the nature of his case, as a sinner, that " By deeds of law, no flesh living can be justi- fied in the sight of God." If then there is any hope for him, it must be under another dispensation, a dispensation of grace, a dispensation under which the question of eternal life or eternal death will turn, not upon his own personal righteousness or unrighteousness, but upon 84 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. the acceptance, or rejection of the righteousness of another. This is the peculiar feature of the gospel. u Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that belie veth." Pardon is offered as a free gift through hirn who has " magnified the law and made it honourable," and every thing turns now upon simple faith in Jesus Christ ; upon an accord- ance with God's plan of forgiveness ; a cordial ac- quiescence in the principles upon which that forgiveness is offered. Now, the language ad- dressed to us is, not " He that doeth these things shall live by them," and " Cursed is every one who continueth not in all things written in the book of the law, to do them," but " He that believeth shall be saved," and " He that believeth not shall be damned." I wish you, at this point, to call up to your minds the illustration of the last Sabbath, which referred faith and unbelief to their source in the feelings and affections of the heart. They are some- thing more than an intellectual assent to, or dissent from a proposition, according as the evidence may appear sufficient, or insufficient to sustain it. The faith of the gospJel is a cordial admission of all the principles upon which the atonement of Christ pro- ceeds, and all the claims which that atonement in- volves; unbelief is a rejection of Jesus Christ, as an offered Saviour, and an intelligent resistance to all the principles which the gospel involves, and all the claims which the gospel enforces. The feel- ing of the heart towards Jesus Christ which it embodies, and to which it gives expression is, " We THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 85 will not have this man to reign over as." The state of mind which it denotes is not that of the avowed skeptic, who turns away from the gospel because of an alleged insufficiency of evidence to authenticate it, as a revelation from God ; but it is a state of mind which is common, and which respects the subject matter of the gospel, where its truth as a communication from heaven is never called in question. It is a rej ection of offered mercy ; a dissonance of spirit from the God who made us : a direct resistance to his government ; an insult put upon his authority; a contempt of his wisdom, a despite done to his love and grace. I would that men could see themselves as God sees them ; and there would then be no need of my illustration this morn- ing, to convince them of the deep, and dreadful, and dangerous criminality of their unbelief, in re- maining unsubmissive to, and estranged from Jesus Christ. In endeavouring to shed down light upon their position, I come to those of you, my brethren, who admit the divine origin of these wondrous communications ; " God has spoken to us in these last days," and through these inspired pages, " by his Son." This, I take for granted ; and thus far, my hearers and their speaker stand upon common ground. This word is truth. The message which we bring to you comes from the lips of the Infinite and Eternal God. He speaks to you from his high and holy throne ; and this is his commandment, " That ye believe on him whom he hath sent." Were we reasoning with skeptics 86 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. to-day, we should be obliged to go one step farther back in our argument, and array before you those varied testimonies which combine to authenticate this sacred volume as a revelation from God ; but we need not do it, for we are not battling with speculative skepticism, but with a practical disre- gard of God's acknowledged commandments. Un- believer in the Lord Jesus Christ, knowing your Master's will, yet doing it not, we are constructing a mirror in which you may see reflected the linea- ments of your moral image. Turn not away from the mirrored likeness true to the life, however painful and humiliating the spectacle may be, but study and ponder it well, if perchance the proud heart may be humbled and the rebellious spirit bow and yield before Almighty God. It is not a trifling circumstance that which defines your cha- racter and fixes your position ; that you are unin- terested in the blessings of the gospel. It is not a step which reflects only upon yourself as it demon- strates your folly *vhen you turn away from him who offers you eternal life upon condition of your faith, but a step which demonstrates your guilt as it reflects upon Gocl, by whose authority this offer is pressed upon your acceptance. He who has a right to control man ; he, in whose hands his breath is, requires that he should believe on him whom he hath sent, and the creature of a day turns his back upon the God who made him, and says, " Who is the Lord that I should obey his voice ?" Nothing short of this, nothing less criminal than this, no- thing less fraught with peril to the immortal spirit, THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 87 is unbelief in Jesus Christ. It is contempt put upon the authority of God, and a rejection of his claims, kindly yet firmly asserted, — " I have set my king upon my holy hill of Zion." " Kiss ye the Son," is the message which has gone forth from the throne, and has fallen upon our ears. The un- believer knows the voice, understands the message, then looks upon God's Anointed One, and says to the world, and to every looker on in the universe, " Let others do as they may, I will not have this man to reign over me." His pride of reason rejects the statements which place the movements of the Infinite God beyond his comprehension ; his pride of heart nauseates the doctrines of the cross, because they are so humiliating; and his independence of spirit turns away from its salvation, because it is so perfectly gratuitous. Thus unbelief is human littleness cavilling at the Unsearchable One ; human pride denying the statements of him who cannot lie ; and human independence refusing a gratuity from the Creator, from whom day by day man receives the very breath in his nostrils, and the very powers which he arrays in hostility against the throne. It goes not a little way to aggravate the guilt of the unbeliever, that God has been pleased in his gospel not only to state the plan through which he forgives sin, but to show also the indispensable ne- cessity of that plan as growing out of his justice as God, and his uprightness as a moral governor. He tells us, in language too plain to be misunderstood, that he can save us in no other way than through 88 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. faith in his Son. In no other way could he make glory to God in the highest harmonize with peace on earth and good will to men. The sacrifice of Jesus Christ was a method of infinite wisdom to pay a tri- bute to justice, while it threw the mantle of mercy over the lost. Christ is the great propitiation to de- clare God's righteousness in the forgiveness of sin. God can save in no other way, "because in no other way would it be just to save ; but the unbeliever re- jects the offers of mercy coming through Jesus Christ, and challenges the approbation of God upon some other ground, than the propitiation of his Son. He thus stands out against his Maker upon a point, in reference to which God's character is com- mitted against him. He thus enters into a contro- versy with all the plans of heavenly wisdom, and all the claims of heavenly righteousness; throws an insult upon the justice of his Maker, as he had already poured contempt upon his authority, and assumes the fearful position of one who demands the favour of God, upon grounds upon which he knows God's justice will never let him grant it, and declines it peremptorily and entirely upon the only ground upon which it can be made to harmonize with the holy and inviolable glories of the Godhead. To be a sinner against God is dreadful — it is to resist his authority and put one's self in a position where all the high and unutterable sanctions of the eternal throne are ar- rayed against him ; but to be an unbelieving sin- ner in the circumstances in which we, my brethren, are placed, and in view of the reasonings which God THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 89 addresses to our understanding, and which we can fully comprehend, is more dreadful still, for it is supposing that God may look kindly on that which his soul abhors, and pass by with impunity that against which he has pledged all the attributes, of his nature and all the truth and righteousness and power of his throne. Unbeliever in Jesus Christ ! — mark, study, and inwardly digest this painful, this appalling truth. God offers to save you through his Son — he tells you he can save you in no other way. You perceive that it is so ; you un- derstand how his righteousness stands in the way of any other mode of forgiveness ; you turn away from his offer, and challenge forgiveness upon some other ground, as though you would bid the Almighty to sacrifice his righteousness to your pride, and put all that is dear to him in the holi- ness of his nature and the interests of his kingdom upon the altar of your peace. I must add to this exhibition, that the gospel of Jesus Christ, which unbelief rejects, is the highest expression which God could give us of his grace. The burden of his message to you, and to me, is, " God is love." The plan of redemption through Jesus Christ, had its origin in compassions as won- derful and incomprehensible as is the unsearchable nature of God. To angels, gifted with powers far larger and stronger than our own, it is a mystery whose depths they have never yet been able to fathom. Inspired men, who spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit, enlarging their concep- tions, and inditing their utterances, never yet at- 90 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. tempted to describe the height, and depth, and length, and breadth of redeeming love. They bid ns to take our measures of its greatness from the modes of its expression which God has adopted. Cast your eye over the inspired record, and what do you see, upon its every page, but " God mani- fest in the flesh," " full of grace and truth." Look upon the countenance of him who is to us the rev- elation of the infinite One, and you trace tender- ness in every line, and see compassion in every aspect. How much God loves us, an angel tongue could never tell, because an angel's mind could never estimate the value of the sacrifice to which that love has led. The cross upon which hangs an expiring Redeemer, and where he breathes away his life, is to us, at one and the same time, the ex- pression of the greatness of that sin of ours which brought about so dire a catastrophe, and of the love of God, which could consent to its occurrence in order to our deliverance from a penalty which could not otherwise have been avoided. " Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that God loved us, and gave his Son to be a propitiation of our sins." There is a tasteful sentimentalism, my brethren, which descants, with wonderful fluency, upon the goodness of God, as seen in the works of his hand, and the dealings of his Providence. There is an admitted, felt obligation to gratitude at least, in view of the evidences of kindness seen in the adap- tation of all God's arrangements to the good of his creatures. The unwearied Providence which THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 91 sleeplessly watches over human interests, and inter- feres at particular crises, to warn and protect against danger, throwing its shield over the de- fenceless, and the arm of its strength around the feeble, demands at least the thankfulness of the human spirit. He who never regards the works of the Lord, nor the operations of his hand, the re- sponses of whose heart to the evidences of kind- ness which they present, are kept back by the pride of a selfish or haughty spirit, is a being upon whom nature frowns as a deformity upon her works, and from whom humanity shrinks, as an outcast she will scarcely own. Unbeliever in Jesus Christ ! go ransack the uni- verse and find among all the works of God any- thing at all comparable with God's gift of his Son to you. What day that passes over you, rehears- ing, as it goes, the goodness of your Maker, can tell a tale like that of the crucifixion, or present a spec- tacle so expressive of love, and which appeals so strongly to the heart % If the claims to gratitude and affection rise in number and strength accord- ing to the greatness of the benevolence which origi- nates them, there are then no claims like those of a redeeming Saviour, and no ingratitude like that which lightly esteems them. Compass, if you can, the mighty dimensions of the theme upon which now we speak — the measure thereof is longer than the earth and broader than the sea ; it is the mea- sure at once of the love of God and the guilt of unbelief. The scene of the cross is not an unreal thing to you. We have not to demonstrate the 92 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. fact, that " God so loved the world as to give his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth upon him might not perish, but have everlasting life." The testimonials which authenticate the fact are before you ; you have admitted their suffi- ciency ; you wonder how any one can suspect them ; and yet, when God appeals to you, by such a mighty demonstration, you can turn away with a listless heart as though there were nothing in such wondrous love to demand a response from the spirit before which it lays its claims. My unbeliev- ing brother, it is a God of truth whose words you doubt ; a God of love, w hose offers you slight. Un- belief in Jesus Christ, disguise it as men may — it is the darkest form which human depravity can as- sume — it is an impeachment of the truth of God ; for he who believeth not the testimony he has given of his Son, has made him a liar. It is a con- tempt put upon his authority, whose voice was heard from the excellent glory, " this is my beloved Son, hear ye him." It is an insult to the character of God, who declares that he can be just only as he pardons the believer — it is despite done to his love, since he " has given his Son to be the propitiation for our sins." There is nothing in God, nothing in his truth ; nothing in his wisdom ; nothing in his holiness ; nothing in his justice ; nothing in his mercy, which unbelief does not array against its subject, because it puts him in a position of direct resistance to his Maker, and leads him in a course, in the pursuit of which he must fly in the face of every attribute of the eternal God. THE GUILT OE UNBELIEF. 93 Such, my brethren, is unbelief in its own intrin- sic nature, altogether independent of the circum- stances in which it is manifested, and irrespective of the influences which are used to overcome it. Do you wonder at the language of my text ? u He that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed upon the name of the only begotten Son of God." If there is not guilt here, where is there guilt ? If this is not a righteous ground of condemnation, what can be ? If you can- not understand the justice of the principle, point me, if you please, to anything which God ought to punish, or any circumstances in which man is with- out excuse. Shew me anything that man can do, which, in respect to the affront it puts upon God, and the rebelliousness of spirit against his autho- rity, his truth, and his grace, can for a mo- ment compare with unbelief in or a rejection of Jesus Christ ; and I yield at once the point, and cease to vindicate the judgment of God. It is, however, an acknowledged principle, and one which we cannot overlook in illustration of the present subject, that a man's character, so far as the degree of its excellence or demerit is concerned, must be determined in a great measure by the cir- cumstances in which he is placed, and the influences which are brought to act upon him. The restraints which are thrown over transgression, and the mo- tives to uprightness of life, enter largely into that standard of judgment by which we measure the character of him with whom they are ineffectual ; the guilt of the same action as performed by different 94 THE GUILT OP UNBELIEF. persons, though attended by precisely the same results, varies with the ignorance or knowledge of its authors, and with the peculiar influences which acted upon them, as they tended to further or pre- vent the perpetration of the crime in question. Ac- cording to this very obvious and obviously just standard of judgment, unbelief in the Son of God, or a rejection of the claims of the gospel, stands by itself, perfectly isolated in the features of enormity which mark it, as least allowing of an apology, or admitting of defence. It is not a sin of ignorance, for every man under the light of truth knows it to be wrong. Conscience does not slumber over the slighted claims of infinite mercy and eternal truth. The sinner who throws off from him the obligations of an atoning Saviour, does not carry within him a mind at ease in view of those manifestations of grace which a Kedeemer has made to him, and those appeals of the cross which have been minis- tered to his heart. The convictions of his own spirit, clear, numerous, and irrepressible, often tes- tify against him, as one who sins against light and knowledge. The thousand extenuating pleas which he conjures up to satisfy his wakeful conscience, are so many witnesses of his guilt, witnesses whose tes- timony he cannot set aside, because he has sum- moned them himself ; they are evidences clear and palpable of guilt, great indeed, which demands so many and such mighty efforts to hide it from the view, or sustain the burden it imposes. I can see, my brethren, how a man who disbe- lieves the existence of God, can put forth an argu- THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 95 merit wearing the semblance, at least, of reason, in defence of his strange and anomalous position; for we cannot say, that there might not be clearer and stronger evidences of a first great cause, than those which are engraven npon the creation which we behold around ns. True, we can say, that these evidences are sufficient to secure a rational faith ; we can say, and say with truth, that the man, who in view of every thing he beholds, can maintain his disbelief in the divine existence, could not be brought to its acknowledgment by any additional accumulation of evidence. But then, we cannot say, that there might not be other and stronger testimonies to the being of a God than those which we have in our possession ; we can conceive of others, we could, perhaps, if it were necessary, men- tion others. But, as it is, we cannot come down upon the atheist, and say to him that there can be no other nor stronger proofs of the divine existence than those which God has furnished, and thus de- monstrate his folly and his guilt in view of the fact that he remains unconvinced, notwithstanding that God has done the utmost to satisfy his mind. jSTo, he might answer, and you could not meet him here, that God might do much more ; he might have other and more striking evidences. I grant you his argument is pitiful, it is evasive ; but such as it is, it is better than the practical unbeliever in Jesus Christ can urge in excuse for his rejection of offered mercy. If a man admits this Bible to be a record of truth ; if so far from cavilling at its com- munications, he admits that this is a veritable record 96 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. of facts ; then he admits that God has done as much as he can do to commend himself to his affections. When you study the handiwork of God there is room for the play of fancy ; we can conceive of a more glorious creation than this which our eyes behold ; or, we can conceive how there might be such an influence exerted upon our faculties, that every thing should, in our vision, teem with more wonderful testimonies in behalf of God. But it is not so with the work of redeeming love which has been set before us upon these sacred pages ; you cannot conceive of a more wonderful, a brighter, a grander display of God, than that which is made upon the cross ; there cannot be a more striking proof of the love of the Almighty, or more stirring motives to repentance and obedience. God, in the gift of his Son, has not fallen short of, but gone beyond the power of all human imagination. Angels themselves bow down before the mystery of redeeming love, unable to compass its mighty dimensions, to tell its heighth and depth, its length, and breadth. Un- believer in the Son of God, is it so ? — that in com- mending himself to your heart your Maker has done his utmost ; is it so, that the divine nature in all its attributes of wisdom and justice, and power and love, seems to have exhausted itself in the mode of your deliverance; that God could not have shewn himself more mighty, to overwhelm, to deter you from disobedience, more compassionate and able to save, to allure you to himself than he has done in the cross of his beloved Son. Come then to that cross, and ponder it well ; study it in THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 97 its amazing dimensions, in its mysteries of wisdom, and power, and justice, and truth, and love ; let these be to you the measures of your guilt in re- jecting the offered atonement, and cease, oh, cease, forever, to wonder at the words of Christ, " He that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only be- gotten Son of God." In order to complete our illustration, you must add to what God has done without us in the way of commending himself to our affections ; what God has been and is doing within us to call our atten- tion to, and secure our acceptance of his proffered mercy. If it is a remarkable feature in the great plan of human redemption, that he who " was in the be- ginning with God," should come down and taber- nacle among men, and go through his experience of humiliation, and sorrow, and death, in order to execute God's designs of mercy, it is, I apprehend, a feature quite as remarkable, that after the plan has been executed, God himself should come down in a manner inexplicable and mysterious indeed, yet really, and busy himself with these hearts of ours to commend that plan to our affections. For one, I shall not undertake to compare in point of wonderfulness the different parts of this great scheme of redeeming love. In fact, it is perfectly wonderful throughout ; from its conception in the divine mind down through the mode, and every step of its execution and application, to its final re- sult, when the crown is put upon the head of the 7 98 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. redeemed sinner. Throughout, God acts like him- self, " wonderful in counsel and mighty in work- ing." But now I fix your thoughts upon the fact, that he who is busy every where through his universe, upholding and directing and con- trolling all things, regulating the movements of unnumbered systems, sustaining alike the life of an insect and an archangel, should be no less really and constantly engaged with men, throwing over their spirits the influence of the cross, bring- ing out of its treasury of motives the dissuasives from sin, and the inducements to faith in Christ Jesus. The peculiarity of our position, my breth- ren, which gives so much interest to our circum- stances, adding to our hopefulness, while at the same time it increases our peril is, that the truths of the gospel to which our attention and faith are demanded, are ministered to the conscience and the heart by the influence of the Holy Ghost. We live under " the ministration of the Spirit," and though his agency, like that of the mind, is not palpable to the senses, yet every man carries about with him the evidences of its power and reality, in the effects it produces within him. We should like to find among the hearers of a preached gospel the wonderful anomaly of a human being, whose experience does not demonstrate the fulfillment of a Saviour's promise, when he said to his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to convince the world of sin. We know that this blessed agent has been and is now abroad in our world. We know that he has left his testimony in behalf of THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 9 9 God and his gospel, in the mind of each one of our hearers. We are not afraid, upon this point, to summon the experience of all before us. The youth who gives up his reins to his passions, and lives for the pleasurable excitement of the world, has he not, — bear me witness, my youthful hearer, — oftentimes his painful misgivings, when he passes by the Re- deemer's cross, and hears its solemn and affecting warning ? The man of middle life, who is grasping after the good things of this world, feels, — I appeal to you, my brethren, who are engaged in the plans and activities, and business of life, — that he is after all but a spiritual bankrupt, destitute of an interest in Christ, and without any rational or well-founded hope in God's pardoning mercy ; and the man who has placed himself in a condition of spiritual insensibility, where he is neither alarmed by the terrors, nor won by the mercies of the cross, will testify — I appeal to you, my brethren, to whom I have so long and so fruitlessly ministered the motives of eternal truth — will testify, if he will al- low himself to speak out his distinct remembrances, that he has fought his way to his present position against powerfully opposing influences, and has been compelled, at times, in order to hold on his course, to crush with a desperate effort, pleadings of almost irresistible energy. I charge upcn a rejec- tion of the gospel, not only a contempt cast upon every attribute of the divine name — not only an insensibility to the mightiest demonstration which God could make of his love, but a resistance to the strivings and suggestions of the Holy Ghost. Un- 100 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. believer in the Sod of God ! I summon you to-day, to testify against yourself, before your Saviours cross. I would bring your experiences to the light of day, and wring out from them a reluctant but convincing evidence of your guilt, as you have been obliged, in order to put away from you the offers of a Redeemer's mercy ; to cast a slight upon the truth of the ever living God, to question as well his justice as his love, in view of their highest possible demonstrations, and to do violence to some secret influence within you, and even to some of the noblest attributes of your own nature, as you have turned away from him who pleaded with you from his cross, and invited you in strains of love to peace and hope. And yet, in the minds of many, unbelief is no- thing ; nothing but a want of faith ; nothing but a want of love ; nothing but the absence of obedi- ence. Let the man who doubts or contradicts your word, truly and solemnly given, wonder that you should resent such a negative thing as a want of faith ; let the being who ruthlessly tramples upon a benefactor, who has saved his life at the risk of his own, talk only of his want of gratitude ; let the man who utterly disallows your admitted, righteous, and unalienable claims, talk of his want of obedi- ence ; but let not the unbeliever in Jesus Christ talk thus ; rather let him look at the means and inducements to faith, and as he sees how the gospel brings before him the glory and beauty of "Imnianuel," "God with us," let him learn that unbelief is human nature shutting closely her eyes THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. 10 1 lest she should perceive and love ; as the voice from heaven speaks to the ruined sinner, with all the earnestness of truth, and all the tenderness of pity, let him learn that unbelief is human nature making her ears heavy lest she should hear and be saved. Man, ruined, wretched, complaining, dying man, is haughty and unbending, still clinging to his own miseries, aggravating his own sufferings, provoking the doom which he sincerely dreads, and refusing to " Come to Christ, that he might have life." Heaven urges by all its joys, and hell by all its terrors ; the cross of Christ pleads by all its wonders of justice and of grace, and unbelief replies to every commandment, " We will not have this man to reign over us ;" and to every gracious over- ture, " Depart from us, for we desire not the know- ledge of thy ways." I question whether there is in any part of the universe of God, another being like the unbeliever in Jesus Christ. If there is not among the unre- deemed in heaven, one who can compare with him who lives by the faith of the Son of God on earth, one who so much honours God, and who shall stand so high at the last ; where among the ranks of those who kept not their first estate, will you find one who carries upon his conscience such a load of guilt to press him down for ever, as that which weighs upon, and will for ever crush the spirit of him who rejects the great salvation ? Say what you please of those who first made war upon the throne and monarchy of God, and who sank into the darkness of everlasting midnight ; you must say 102 THE GUILT OF UNBELIEF. more of liim who rejects as liis ground of hope the blood of the everlasting covenant. Over those lost spirits God never spread the bow of hope. For them no Saviour died. Into their dark habitation no messenger of mercy ever found his way, coming from the cross of Christ, to bid them live. Upon their minds and hearts the spirit of grace and truth never moved, to wake them to life and righteous- ness. Upon their consciences rest not the deep and damning guilt of unbelief in an offered Saviour. But, my beloved hearers, my dying fellow travellers to the retributions of an eternal world, can all of you say as much ? Have we, has any one of us, the nerve to meet, the heart to bear the issues of unbelief in Jesus Christ ? Oh ! ye for whom a Saviour has died — ye to whom a Saviour has been offered — ye who have been plied so oft and so strongly by the touching, and powerful, and impressive motives of the gospel — ye subjects of the Spirit's influences, "How"' — ponder the ques- tion, it is one of life or death to the undying spirit —•"How can ye escape, if ye neglect so great salvation V PEACE IN BELIEVING, " Now the God of hope fill you with all joy, and peace in believ- ing." — Eonians xy. 13. " Peace in believing," is the thought to which I call your attention this morning. It is a very sim- ple thought, and yet one which to the majority of minds is exceedingly difficult of comprehension. It is so contrary to man's ordinary modes of think- ing, it so conflicts with his prejudices, as to the sources of human good, it withal, is in such seem- ing conflict with the laws of our nature, as creatures of sense, that I question whether any thing but actual experience can bring a man to appreciate its meaning, or to admit its truth. Certain it is, that to a carnal mind, it presents the most unintelligible mystery with which it is called to grapple. "What- ever views it may take of the spiritual religion of the New Testament, the element of which is faith^ it never regards it as in itself a source of positive enjoyment. Its importance may be admitted, its indispensableness may be felt, but so far from being regarded as desirable, it is looked upon as some- thing which must be submitted to in obedience to 104 PEACE IN BELIEVING. the law of stern necessity, or as the only alterna- tive to an experience more intolerable than itself. It is not at all surprising that it should be so. As the scenery by which we are surrounded takes its colouring from the medium through which we look at it, so do the objects which are presented to us wear a pleasing or displeasing aspect, according to their relation to, as in harmony, or at war with, our desires. The sources of enjoyment which faith brings nigh unto the soul, must seem unreal to a man whose vision is bounded by sense, while the sub- mission which faith requires contravenes all the natural passions of the heart, and conflicts with the plans and purposes in which the carnal mind finds its highest enjoyment. The objects of faith must, therefore, wear a visionary aspect, while a submis- sion to its control must be as undesirable as the plans and purposes with which it conflicts are dear to the heart. I speak in accordance with the con- sciousness of every man who is out of Christ. The highest attainment which a carnal mind reaches upon the subject of religion is a simple conviction of its necessity ; its necessity, as something which, however unpleasant and even painful, must be sub- mitted to as an alternative to greater evils. I re- peat, I do not wonder that such a mind looks upon religion with distaste, and postpones attention to it, and endeavours to evade the necessity which is forced upon it, by pushing forward the decisive ques- tion of submission to the extremest verge of safety. And yet, my brethren, there is " peace in believ- ing ;" the purest, the most rational, and solid and PEACE IN BELIEVING. 105 satisfying peace of which the mind can form any conception. Nay, we take higher ground than this, there is peace in nothing else. The human spirit can find nothing upon which it can rest securely, but that testimony of God upon which faith fastens ; the human conscience can find no where, but in this testimony, any thing which can com- pose it to quiet ; the human heart can discover only in the revelations of a spiritual and eternal world, that which can satisfy its cravings, and meet all its desires. Man never can be at peace, but as a believer in Jesus Christ. Indeed, ever since the days of the original apostacy, when he threw away his confidence in God, he has thought differently ; and while the history of the world is a history of experiments upon this subject, it is a history of their failures likewise. Not a single in- stance of a practical contradiction of this great truth has yet been furnished ; while every man who has submitted to "the truth, as it is in Jesus," has found what none of the discoveries of human reason, what none of the costly sacrifices and painful austerities of superstition, what neither the wealth, nor the honours, nor pleasures of the world can furnish — " rest for Ms soul" Now, upon thid general point, though I may not be able to secure a sympathy of feeling from many of my hearers, I think I can secure a sympathy of conviction from all. I can show that this must be so, though I may not awaken the feeling that it is so. If you ask me here what I mean by " believing? my answer is this — it is that state of mind in which 106 PEACE IN BELIEVING. a man receives as true the entire testimony of God, as given to us upon these sacred pages. Every principle which is here laid down is considered as firmly settled, past all dispute ; as infallible a rule of human action, as any which have resulted from the discoveries of human reason — the objects of the spiritual world which it reveals are as real, as are any of those of which we have the evidence of sense, and the promises which it unfolds are as certain of their fulfilment as is the regularity ot any of the movements of nature. This testimony of God covers the entire length and breadth of our being — its truths appertain " to the life which now is," as well as " that which is to come f to our spirit- ual no more than to our temporal relations, to all the circumstances and exigencies of our being — so that not only in respect to the higher and more en- during interests which belong to us as spiritual and undying creatures, but also in reference to all those interests which grow out of our temporal rela- tions, the man, and he alone, who receives this testi- mony and rests upon it as true, may be at peace at all times, and amid all the chances and changes of earthly things. To make good this doctrine, I submit in illustra- tion several thoughts, which I ask my hearers care- fully to ponder. 1. Nothing but the testimony of God gives a man clear and settled views upon those points in reference to which his peace of mind demands fixed conclusions. No one can be satisfied with himself in reference to any subject, if his views concerning PEACE IN BELIEVING. 107 it are confused, obscure, or uncertain ; a region of shadows and darkness, will always be peopled by the spectres of an excited imagination, and our path throuo-h it never can be trodden with an unhesi- tating, firm and elastic step. We must have, or at least think we have, some evidence of the truth of our principles before we can act freely in accord- ance with them ; and of the certainty of the end which we contemplate before we can put forth any energetic efforts to reach it. In philosophy and the systems of human science, the days of theo- rizing and speculation have gone by, and no system can secure our confidence, which does not appeal to the evidence of facts. The same thing must be true in our spiritual re- lations. If we sustain any such relations, the interests belonging to them must be paramount to all others ; nay, there is not a question which takes a stronger hold upon the human mind, or is more disturbing in its influence, and for which our peace demands more imperatively a rational answer than this one : What am I in my nature, my relations, my destiny ? I must have satisfaction here ; every mind must have it. To be in this matter at the sport of conjecture — now adopting one principle, and then being compelled to suspect its correctness, is tor- ture — a world of suspense is a world of agony, especially when the interests involved are of such amazing magnitude. I carry the assent of all my hearers along with me in this matter ; an unsettled mini never can be at peace; and then I go a step farther, and say that an unbelieving mind must, 108 PEACE IN BELIEVING. from the very nature of the case, be an unsettled mind. I can appeal with the utmost fearlessness to the experience of every man who does not rest with implicit confidence upon this testimony ot God, and govern himself by it, that he has no views upon the subject of his spiritual relations so settled that he is willing to abide by them, and that he never has been able, though he has often made the attempt, to satisfy himself as to his posi- tion or course. It is immaterial what principles he may adopt, or to what system he may adhere, so long as they are not the principles and the system of this written word. He may call himself an atheist, or a skeptic, if you please, and if it were possible for a man to bring himself to that state of mind in which he believed nothing, it would be a state, of all others, most unhappy. The unbeliev- ing world is a world in which there is nothing fixed ; there is no truth, no certainty, any where ; and of course there is nothing upon which the mind can rest. If, perchance, there is no God, perchance there is a God — if this Bible may be false, this Bible may be true — the unbeliever can reach no other point but this. With all his boasted con- victions there will be mixed up the most harassing doubts ; at the very moment, perhaps, when he has reached the persuasion that it is immaterial what his feelings and course may be, because all the teachings of the Bible concerning God and human accountability are vanity, various apprehensions will rise up in conflict with his conclusions, and an irrepressible, uncontrollable suspicion, that things PEACE IN BELIEVING. 109 may not be as he supposes, will overbear all Ms arguments, all his subtlety, and all his wit. The reason is obvious. Such a man's conclusions are at war with the promptings of his own nature. There is a something in our very being, as God made it, I care not what you call or how you explain it, a something which binds us to the throne. Man can never, do what he may, break that mysterious chain which fastens him to God; rivers do not more certainly in accordance with their fixed laws, roll onward to the ocean ; the fire does not more certainly ascend, than do our minds, by virtue of their own inherent laws, tend heavenward ; and always when the film of prejudice is withdrawn, and the excitement of the passions subsides, we re- vert to our natural apprehensions. Hence, in the season of calamity, in the hour of danger, in the prospect of death, the unbeliever loses all his courage, because his nature compels him to distrust and question his own principles. It is no better, nay, it is worse with the man who intellectually honours this testimony of God and yet does not admit its principles to control his heart and shape his course. Many a man is there in our world who would seek his peace of mind in a compromise between the convictions of his judg- ment and the feelings of his heart. Admitting the truth of the gospel testimony, and unsubmissive to its requirements, he finds his source of mental trouble, not in a doubtfulness as to the propriety of his course, but in a clear, settled conviction of his error ; he knows, he feels that he is not what he 110 PEACE IN BELIEVING. ought to be. He may, as lie often does, weave an ingenious system of religion, comprising some truth, but so mingled with error that its power is com- pletely neutralized, by means of which he may en- deavour to satisfy his mind. He may rest upon an outward conformity to the requirements of the truth, or upon a submission to the external cere- monial of religion, and thus try to smother his con- victions and fears, but he can never destroy them. There is a meaning, and he feels it, which he has never mastered, in language like this,—" Except ye repent, ye shall perish ;" " Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God." There is, after all that may be said to the contrary, a spirituality in the religion of the New Testament ; there is such a thing as a new creation in Christ Jesus to which he is a stranger ; and as he ponders such thoughts, he cannot but feel that he has never approached in his experience the standard of God's testimony ; and the foundation of his peace is broken up, and his confidence is cast to the winds, for he finds that his heart is not in unison with the spirit of those requirements, which, at the same time, his conscience pronounces to be just and good. The unbeliever must be at war with himself. I must advance no argument upon this point, for man is an argument to himself. The human heart, laid bare to view, would reveal this inward conflict of which I have been speaking. The emotions which often are wakened in the bosom, if gifted with a voice and speech, would but utter a lan- guage responsive to my illustration. There is no PEACE m BELIEVING. Ill peace where tliere is no believing. Man is not sat- isfied with himself. He is afraid, if he is not sure that he is wrong. He is not contented with his position, his relations, or his course. His fears, his convictions, his hopes, his resolutions, his purposes of a change, each and all, constitute the evidence which human experience furnishes of the truth of my doctrine, that there is no tranquillity separate from confidence in Christ. But there is " peace in believing." To the man of intelligent, heartfelt, yet childlike faith in the testimony of Jesus Christ, the principles and pro- mises of that testimony are what the facts of na- ture are to the philosopher — absolute certainties, in which the mind may rest. He never is the subject of doubt, while his views of things are conformed to the disclosures of this testimony, and his feeling and course, are in harmony with its requirements. In resting upon this word as the ultimate ground of certainty, in taking from it his ends, his rules, his motives, his encouragements — all the powers and elements of his nature work in harmony with each other ; his conscience, his intellect, and his heart, draw together. What the mind perceives to be taught here as true, conscience approves as right, and the heart loves as good. The man has never yet been found, who felt that he was doing wrong in submitting himself in a spirit of implicit faith to the truth of Jesus Christ. His submission has always been the source of his peace ; a peace as deep, and refreshing and satisfying as his faith has been strong and decided. 112 PEACE IN BELIEVING. I mean, however, by this " peace in believing," something more than a mere freedom from anxiety and doubt ; it is a peace inseparable from an intel- ligent conviction of truth and right. I suppose a man by indulging certain processes of thought and feeling may reach that state of mental and moral insensibility in which it will be a question of indifference to him whether this word is true or false ; precisely as a man may so vitiate his taste as to be unable to distinguish between bitter and sweet, between wholesome nutriment and the most deadly poisons. There is a vast difference, how- ever, between the composure produced by artificial means which deaden the sensibilities to the action of painful causes, and that which belongs to man upon whom no such causes act, and who in a state of perfect health sinks to repose. The believer is at peace not because he is stupified and insensible, but because he is satisfied that he is right. We all feel that there are some obligations resting upon ns ; there are some feelings, there are some actions which are right, and there are some which are wrong. This consciousness of obligation is some- thing altogether independent of our feelings. It rises above the reach of every argument which would disprove it, and triumphs over the strongest passions of our being. So deeply is this conscious- ness inwrought among the elements of our being, that every man, not even the atheist excepted, in his modes of speech proves himself its sub- ject ; and there can be no rational peace for the human spirit unless this consciousness and PEACE IN" BELIEVING. 113 our feelings harmonize ; and this is the peace of believing in Jesus Christ. Its subject, when in view of the testimony of God he repents of his sins ; when in view of the work of Christ he casts himself npon him as a redeeming Saviour ; when in view of the promises which are here re- corded, he commits all his interests in a spirit of trustful reliance to his Lord and master ; when in view of the requirements of these written oracles, he marks out his path of duty and goes forward without hesitation or reserve, feels that he is doing precisely what he ought to do; whatever he may be in other respects, in these he is right, and he knows it ; and this consciousness of right doing is a possession which worlds are too poor to purchase. There is something in a sense of right doing which is satisfying to the mind ; in any rela- tion to our fellow man, there is something exceed- ingly sweet and greatly refreshing in the thought that we have done precisely what we ought to have done ; and it is an analogous experience in the re- lation between man's soul and the God who made, who controls, and who will judge it, to which we refer, when we speak of " peace in believing." It may indeed be so, that the experience of the Chris- tian is not unfrequently an experience of anxiety, and that because his confidence in the word and promise of this testimony is shaken. There may be doubting Christians, and therefore unhappy Chris- tians ; but there can be no such thing as a doubting faith. If God has spoken in this sacred volume, if these principles which are here unfolded have his 8 114 PEACE IN BELIEVING. sanction, if these commandments have Ms authority, if these promises have "been uttered by him, then as they are the disclosures and commandments and promises of one who is infallible truth, there can be no room for doubt. The objects of Christian faith are something more than mere human notions, speculations, conjectures, or opinions ; they are ascertained virtues, because they are confirmed by the testimony of one who cannot lie. Let me be persuaded that God has spoken here, and in em- bracing these principles, I am sure I am embracing truth ; in obeying these commandments, I am sure I am doing right ; in trusting these promises, I am sure of the results they contemplate. Faith in God's testimony necessarily excludes every thing like doubt ; and if I am harassed by anxieties as to my principles, my course, or my ends, I do but show myself to be under the influence of " an evil heart of unbelief." 2. My second thought in illustration of our gen- eral doctrine, has been, to some extent, involved in my first, and yet it demands a distinct considera- tion ; it refers to the testimony of God as fur- nishing the only source of intelligent peace to the human conscience. I do not think I am wrong, when I speak of a pressure of conscious guilt upon the spirit, as marking, to a greater or less degree, the experience of every man who is not a believer in Jesus Christ. We all acknowledge our sinfulness. However varied may be men's theories upon the subject of human sinfulness, their feelings always harmonize in this — that they are not what they PEACE EST BELIEVING. 115 ought to be, and have not done what they ought to have done. We are, moreover, so constituted, that the conviction of wrong-doing is always con- nected with painful emotions ; we cannot separate in our minds the idea of sin against God, from the idea of retribution ; and the anticipations of the future, joined to the reflections of the past, must be a source of disquietude. Now, we can never reason these convictions out of existence. The human conscience is not to be argued down by the sophis- tries of a deceitful heart. Its voice may be drowned, its reproofs may be hushed, and if man's life was a monotony of health, and prosperity, and worldly joy, it might be a monotony of spiritual insensibility ; but every change, (and changes are numerous,) gives conscience an opportunity to act. When any danger is near or any calamity approach- es, this consciousness of wrong and these apprehen- sions of its consequences, wake at once within us, and fill us with agitation and alarm. Now, my doctrine is, that no where but in the testimony of God, which is here presented to our faith, can we find any thing which can give rational and abiding peace to an enlightened conscience. Men have adopted divers expedients upon this subject, with- out success. Some have resorted to philosophy and turned stoics, but they have failed ; some have fled to the regions of literature, or tried to escape from the realities of things by living in the dreamy world of poetry and fiction, but they have failed. Some have entered upon a career of worldly am- bition, chasing worldly glory as their end, or pur- 116 • PEACE IN BELIE VING. suing worldly wealth as their chief good. Some have sought relief in the witchery of song, or the mazes of the dance, and have endeavoured to crush and kill thought in the splendid circles where God is unknown, and amid the fascinations by means of which earth holds spell-bound its votaries. But this conscience finds man every where. It presents to him problems which his philosophy cannot mas- ter, it sheds around him a light in which earthly glory grows dim, it peoples the dreamy world which his imagination describes around him with spectres which he cannot lay ; it heralds a future for which wealth makes no provision, and throws a gloomy haze over the brilliant scene of this world's revelries, so that he sickens in the midst of earthly joys, and in the midst of laughter his heart is made heavy. But, my brethren, there is " peace in believing." There is that in this testimony of God, which satisfies conscience, as well as enlightens the mind. I do not mean to say that faith in "the record which God has given of his Son," will re- lieve the mind of all sense of past guilt ; but it puts that guilt in new connections, and strips it of that fear which hath torment — the plan of forgiv- ing mercy which the gospel reveals, sets this thought distinctly before the mind, that the work of Jesus Christ as an atoning Saviour has taken away the necessity of punishment ; and the simple assurance that a the blood of Christ cleanseth us from all sin," becomes an effectual balm for the wounded spirit. The man who believes it, adds his testi- PEACE m BELIEVING. Ill mony to that of thousands, whose experience has verified the sentiment of the apostle, " being justi- fied by faith we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ." Explain it as you may, here is the fact ; a fact seen in no other circumstances and connections, that the man who casts himself in con- fidence upon this simple assurance of God is at rest — he can look at his transgressions, not indeed without repentance, not without humiliation of soul, but without alarm, and anticipate, (no one but he can do so) not only unappalled, but with calm- ness, with joy even, the day of irreversible decision, when God shall give unto every man according to his works. His peace is always in exact proportion to his confidence — if his faith is weak, his hope will be a trembling one ; and as his confidence in the word of this testimony increases in strength, his de- liverance from the painful apprehensions of con- scious guilt is made perfect. 3. I must add another thought to complete the outline of my subject. Nothing but faith in this testimony can give the heart an object in which it can rest. Disquiet, dissatisfaction, restlessness have been the attributes of human experience ever since the days of the original apostacy, because then man threw away his confidence, and ever since has been endeavouring to fill with the creature the place which was intended for the Creator. What are the disappointments of this world, so many, so se- vere, so biting, so crushing, but the illustrations which Providence is every day working out, and the testimonies which human nature is every day 118 PEACE IN BELIEVING. furnishing of the variety of human pursuits. Eoving amid the objects of earth, we find no- thing upon which we can rest with full satis- faction, because there is nothing created which can meet all the desires, and fill up all the capaci- ties of our spirits. The laws of the mental and spir- itual world are as fixed as those of the natural world ; and the efforts after happiness of a human soul estranged from God are no less idle than would be those of a man who should essay to reverse the laws of gravitation, or blot out the sun from the system, or check the world in its revo- lutions. There is no human experience, whether recorded or unrecorded, which at all clashes with this general thought ; ask the unbeliever, who has no God, no Saviour, if he is satisfied ; ask the child of revelry and song, why he sickens amid all the excitements of the passions. If you are unrecon- ciled to God, look into your own heart, and see if you could be contented under the full assurance that you should never be different from what you now are, and never possess but what now belongs to you. We must rest in God, my brethren, if we rest at all ; and yet nothing but faith can bring us to this resting place. You may look at God as he re- veals himself in the works of nature, or in the deal- ings of Providence, or in the movements of the human conscience ; but in all these disclosures there is more to awaken distrust than to inspire confi- dence. It is God as revealed in this testimony that the heart can rest upon ; and it is only as we embrace by faith this testimony, and see God in PEACE IN BELIEVING. 119 Jesus Christ, that we can go to the throne, and say in the spirit of children, " Abba, Father." Under the influence of this faith, I can perceive that the perfections of God are not only not arrayed against me, but are actually enlisted in my favour ; he is now my shield and my defence, my joy, and my portion, and the lifter up of my head; and no sooner do I see him thus than I say, " Eeturn unto thy rest, O my soul." I speak not the language of theory but of fact. When I speak of " peace in believing," I speak of the results of actual experiment — an experiment, too, which has been tried at all times and in all circumstances, and by all classes and conditions of men. It is a sad mistake which the men of the world commit, when they suppose that none but the wretched, the poor, the miserable, and they who have not the means of securing other enjoy- ment, testify to the reality of a " peace in believ- ing." To a great extent it may be so, and then it is not an insignificant testimony to the value of reli- gion, that it can do what the world has never done, give to the forlorn, the down-trodden, and the out- cast, peace and joy. But not only they who have had no earthly cistern from which to drink, but they whose cisterns have been full, have forsaken them for this fountain of living waters. There have been men of royalty who have never known true peace till they have laid their crowns at the feet of Christ, and covered their princely robes with the garments of salvation ; and they who have followed ambitious promptings, and they who have 120 PEACE IN BELIEVING. trodden the halls of splendour, have fled the camp, the cabinet, and the festive board to seek rest for their spirits at the foot of the cross. It is " a great cloud of witnesses," who attend at our sum- mons to testify to the reality of " peace in believ- ing ;" from the poor man's cottage and from the rich man's palace, from the associations of haggard want and the ease and luxury of earthly abundance, from amid the subjects of earthly trials and those whose lives have been crowned with prosperity, from the circles of the gay and the frivolous, from the ball- room and the theatre, as well as from the chamber of sickness and afflictions, out of all classes, and ranks, and conditions of men, from Newton as he treads with lofty and majestic step the firmament, down to the humble shepherd who feeds his flock upon Salisbury plain, they come, each one uttering the strain, — " People of the living God, We have sought the world around, Paths of sin and sorrow trod, Peace and comfort no where found. Now to you my spirit turns, Turns, a fugitive unblest, Brethren, when your altar burns, O ! receive me into rest ;" and when they have cast themselves in confidence upon the testimony of God, then has their lan- guage been, " Thou art my portion, O Lord." " As the heart panteth after the water brooks, so pant- eth my soul after thee, O God." " Whom have I in heaven but thee, and there is none upon earth whom I desire beside thee ; my flesh and my heart PEACE IN BELIEVING. 121 faileth, but God is the strength of my heart, and my portion for ever." "As for me, I will be- hold thy face in righteousness, I shall be satisfied when I awaken in thy likeness." There is " peace and joy in believing." Allow me here, my brethren, to arrest my sub- ject, though my remarks have had reference only to our spiritual relations, and have left wholly un- touched the influence of faith in God's testimony upon our experience amid the varied and changing scenes and circumstances of the present life. I claim your attention for but one moment longer to two very simple thoughts. I do not think that I have been wandering from the point which should properly engage a Chris- tian's mind upon a sacramental Sabbath. We come to-day to commemorate the death of Jesus Christ, a death which sets a seal upon the truth of his tes- timony. We have here then a means of strength- ening our faith, and bringing us to the enjoyment of our privileges. If ever a Christian's mind should be at peace, it should be at a communion table, where, by means of striking symbols, the evidence of the truth of this testimony is vividly presented to him. Here those doubts, which so often disturb our peace, that unbelief which cripples us and mars our enjoyments, are out of place. Here, as we profess at the foot of the cross to set to our seal that God is true, let us give our fears to the winds, and bid all our doubts to be gone ; and in the exercise of that confidence which Christ's work is calculated to inspire, learn to say, " We know 122 PEACE IN BELIEVING. in whom we have believed." We are at the source of these comforts which faith ministers to the spirit, because we are in communion with the great fact — a Saviour's death — -which forms the burden of the inspired testimony. May the God of peace then fill our minds with all peace and joy in believing. Then, for my last thought, I address it to the wanderer from his God. I call him an unhappy man, only that I may echo his own sincerest senti- ments. It may be a strange thought which I bring you, but it is a true one. You cannot do without confidence in God. There is no peace for that sin- stricken, weary spirit, but the peace of believing upon Jesus Christ. Nothing but this can fix that wavering, uncertain, doubting mind ; nothing but this will minister peace to that uneasy conscience, nothing but this will give rest to that dissatisfied and unquiet heart. You are a wanderer from home, and must return to your father's house. "Where you are, nothing can give you peace ; neither busi- ness, nor wealth, nor fame, nor pleasure ; nothing can give you peace, estranged from God. ISTo por- tion which earth can give can to the human spirit be a substitute for its Creator. You may be false to yourself and false to heaven, but conscience and the world will be true to the God who made them ; the one will not allow you to be at peace divorced from him, the other will never furnish you with happiness, except as he permits it ; you may doubt it, but your experience will demonstrate it ; and if you ever have peace or joy, you will find it only in believing upon Jesus Christ. We would summon PEACE IN BELIEVING. 123 you away from your wanderings, and call you "back to God. Here is the fountain of living water ; and the Spirit and the Bride say, come; and let him that heareth say, come ; and let him that is athirst, come ; and whosoever will let him take of the water of life freely. Come then, and rest upon Christ, and be at peace ; come and drink of this fountain, and live for ever. PEACE IN BELIEVING. " The Lord will perfect that which concerneth me." — Psalm cxxxviii. 8. " What time I am afraid, I will trust in thee."— Psalm lvi. 4. " Lead me to the rock that is higher than I." — Psalm lxi. 2. The language of the text is that of strong and intelligent confidence ; and as an illustration of the nature and effects of such confidence, we have selected it as the basis of our remarks this morning. It is the picture of a human mind at rest, and at rest in view of the word and the character of the living God. It is the more interesting to us, be- cause it is the exhibition of this confidence in the hour of its trial. The language we have set before you is not that of a man who theorizes in circum- stances of outward prosperity and quiet — who is at rest because there is nothing in his present con- dition to annoy and disturb him, and nothing seen in the future to awaken painful apprehensions — but that of a man in the most depressing circum- stances — uttered in an hour of peril, when the pre- sent was all disaster, and the future all gloom ; when earthly confidences failed him, and the vanity of human help was demonstrated, and PEACE 13" BELIEYmG. 125 nothing was left npon which to stay his spirit, but simple confidence in God. We need not attempt to ascertain the precise posture of David's affairs at the time when he gave utterance to the words of my text — perhaps it is impossible to do so. It is enough for our present purpose to know that it was such as to show the utter uselessness of all human trust, and shut him up to simple faith in the word of God, as his only source of peace ; and in the composure of his mind, as he strengthened himself in God, assured that he would perfect that which concerned him ; he teaches us that there is that on which the human spirit can rest, and in which it can find strength to sustain it under pre- sent ills, and support it against the apprehensions of future woes. We were permitted upon the last Sabbath to illustrate this thought in reference to man's spirit- ual relations, and to show how simple confidence in the character and testimony of God can give a man a rational and abiding peace ; our purpose upon the present occasion is to carry out this thought, and show that there is a " promise for the life which now is," as well as "that which is to come ; and that the peace which faith ministers to the spirit, appertains as well to the temporal as to the spiritual circumstances of our being. I need hardly say, my brethren, that the life which we live in the flesh, is a chequered scene ; monotonous prosperity is and can be no man's allotment. A world of probation must be a world of trial, and trial always painful, oftentimes exces- 126 PEACE IN BELIEVING. sively severe. Even where the outward condition generally is one of the greatest comfort and the brightest promise, there are nevertheless some scenes through which men are called to pass, in which their hearts fail them through fear, and an- guish preys upon their spirits ; scenes where we must have what earth can never give us, scenes where human fortitude is overborne, and even earthly sympathy will not sustain the spirit under the crushing weight which is thrown upon it. If you have never passed through such scenes, they await you yet. I cannot tell in what form these trials may come, nor when they will touch you, but come they will, and you never can pass through them in peace, except as your spirits cling in the exercise of a truthful, relying spirit to the word and testimony of God. " But the people that do know their God, shall be strong." Confidence al- ways brings peace, and the man has never yet been found, in any circumstances, under any form of ca- lamity, who as his faith fastens upon the word and promise of God, could not possess his soul in patience, and even "rejoice in tribulation." Now in illustrating this thought let me be dis- tinctly understood. I do not mean to take the position that a man may upon the ground of his faith calculate upon an exemption from trials. It does not follow if I believe in God that he will of course give me peace and quiet in all my external relations. It does not follow by any means that I shall be able to carry all my earthly purposes into execution, and that I shall be free from all disturb- PEACE IN BELIEVING. 127 ing causes ; on the contrary, " peace in believing" is perfectly consistent with the most disastrous events in these outward relations ; it is perfectly consistent with defeated plans, thwarted wishes, and blasted hopes. No such exemption from trial is ever contemplated in any word or promises of God upon which faith fastens ; on the contrary, the assurance is that " in the world ye shall have tribu- lation." Nor do I mean to say, that nothing can be, strictly speaking, a trial to a man of faith. The peace of believing is not insensibility. It is as far removed from the apathy of the stoic, to whom good and evil are alike, to whom there is no such thing as pain and sorrow, as it is from the frenzy of the fanatic, who upon the strength ol a supposed relationship to God, claims and boasts of an exemption from all sorrow. I grant you, it is possible for a man to work up himself to a state of indifference, for the time being, to the painful scenes which are enacting around him ; but in do- ing so, he is warring against his own nature, and contradicting the first lessons of the gospel of Christ. It is unnatural not to feel in the hour of sorrow ; the smitten heart will bleed ; the work- ings of human nature must have vent, and faith does not suppress them. God did not give us hearts to be petrified, sensibilities to be locked up in adamant. We are creatures of sympathy, and Jesus Christ, as he wept at the grave of a beloved friend, dignified, as well as vindicated, the sacred social feelings of our nature. Human philosophy may comfort us by blunting the fine 128 PEACE IN BELIEVING. sensibilities of our nature, and relieve us of our distresses by robbing us of some of the nobler attri- butes of our minds ; but the religion of the gospel refines while it controls the susceptibilities of our nature. It does not forbid the heart to sigh or the tear to fall, but it sets before the mind that which administers to it a peace which will comfort and sustain and cheer the soul in the darkest hours, and amid the most troublous scenes of our earthly pil- grimage. I care not what may be the nature or severity of human trials, how withering their influ- ence, how deep the wounds they may inflict, how thick the gloom in which they may enshroud one ; faith in the character and word of God can do what nothing else can do, give light in darkness, joy in sorrow, hope in despondency, and even convert " the shadow of death into the morning." I will point out to you the elements and sources of its power, and give you some illustrations of its efficacy. 1. The hand of God is in every thing. No point is more distinct to a trustful, relying spirit, no truth is more settled than this. There are no for- tuities in this world, there is not an event which has not its meaning, its connections, and its end. The confidence which gives peace, and fixedness, and strength to the mind, fastens upon the views which the Bible gives of God, his agency, and his purposes, as a God who is concerned with every thing, and who acts in every thing in reference to an end worthy of himself. It has no sympathy with that cold and heartless philosophy which separates between God and his creatures, or which PEACE m BELIEVING. 129 places any the most unimportant or minute of our interests beyond the range of divine inspection and control. There is nothing comforting, nothing staying to the mind in any such views ; human reason, untaught by the word of inspired truth, can give us only conjectures when we need certainties ; and the teachings which to it seem most truthful, are the most disturbing to the spirit. I confess when I go away from the region upon which revela- tion has shed down its light, I go where all is doubt, and darkness, and confusion. I can find no where but in the Bible those views of God in which I can rest with entire satisfaction, because no where else can I see God interesting himself in, and managing all my affairs as an individual. If I thought there was one event among the occurrences of my daily life which God did not regard ; if I thought there was one emotion of this bosom whicli escaped his notice, one sigh which he did not hear, or one tear which he did not observe ; if I supposed that a single hair could fall from my head without his ordering or permission, my confidence would be robbed of the main element of its strength. If a man is at peace in the exercise of a trustful confi- dence, it must be because he has something of the same spirit which Hagar had, when driven out into the wilderness and beyond the hope and the reach of human help, she said, " Thou God seest me ;" something of the same spirit which David had when he said, " O Lord, thou hast searched me and known me ; thou knowest my down sitting and uprising, thou understandest my thought afar off, 9 idO PEACE m BELIEVING. tliou compassest my path and my lying down, and art acquainted with all my ways." It is this God — always with us, directing all things, arranging all things, who is the object of that confidence which gives fixedness to the mind. 2. My second thought is, that the word of God in which faith rests, contemplates man in all the various circumstances of his being, in every possible or supposable condition in which he may be placed. My first thought had reference to the actual presence of God with us, and his ability as a present God to help and sustain us. My second has reference to his positive assurance of help. The revelation which God has given us upon the sacred pages is wonderful in this respect, that it is a reve- lation of a promise, and all its disclosures are regu- lated by, as they take their shape from the pro- mise they are designed to unfold. That promise, I mean the promise of a Saviour, and of all good in him, covers all our interests ; hence the word which is here given to us is full of promises, and they are u exceedingly great and precious ;" great in their range, because there is no circumstance which they do not reach, precious in their character, because there is no exigency in our affairs to which they are not adapted. It is the beauty and the charm of these inspired oracles that there is not a human solicitude for which they do not contain a word in season ; not a doubt which they leave without a message to disperse it ; no anxiety which they pass by without a whisper to soothe it ; not a sigh which they do not hush ; not a tear which they do PEACE IN BELIEVING. 131 not wipe away. If this is not so, I will give up my point and renounce my confidence. There is no- thing, I apprehend, in which the wisdom and good- ness of God is so apparent as in the exactness and precision with which his words of promise are adapted to the wants of those who trust him. It is wonderful indeed that God should be mindful of man, of every man ; wonderful that he should attend to the wants of an insect, of every insect to which the leaf upon which it rests is a world. But when I remember what thought is, over what an unlimited range it can expatiate, and how many and varied are the materials of solicitude which it can gather in its wanderings, when I muse on the almost end- less varieties of human sorrow, and the multipli- city of causes which may disquiet one, and then find that there is not a doubt or a sadness for which this record of truth does furnish a promise ; when I know that the case has never yet occurred of a man turning in faith and prayer to the Bible whatever may have been his peculiar trial or sad- ness, who has not found some portion of it which seemed to have been written expressly for himself, so that there has been a power in its words which have spoken to his heart, I am overwhelmed ; and the faith which takes hold upon these promises as real, can give fixedness to the mind, because there- is not a wave of trouble which some promise may not repel ; not a season of darkness where some promise does not shine ; not a chamber of gloom where it does not light up the lamp of consolation ; and here are the resources of comfort and strength 132 PEACE IK" BELIEVING. for the confiding spirit. If God is near me, if he is engaged in all my affairs, it is God who speaks in the promises ; and though I cannot see him, I can hear him, — sometimes it is when the waves of trouble roll around me, and he whispers, "Peace, he still ■" sometimes when I am called to pass through the fires, and he says, " They shall not gather upon thee ;" sometimes it is when a sore temptation tries my spirit, and his language is, " My grace shall be sufficient for thee." Always it is in words which meet my case, and which, by their wonderful adapt- edness, prove that they come from one who knows my heart, and is perfectly acquainted with all my circumstances and wants. 3. My third thought is that all these promises are promises in Christ Jesus ; and herein we have the evidence of their certainty, the assurance of their ful- filment. We can give you but an outline of this gen- eral idea, and yet it is too important to be omitted. I fix your minds then upon this fact : all the good which comes to this sinful world comes through Christ. If I speak of the promise of pardon to the penitent, of forgiveness to the prodigal ; if I speak of the assurance that the sting shall be taken from death, that the dead shall be raised, that eternal life shall be secured, you associate all these pro- mises and assurances with the work of Christ, as establishing the certainty of their fulfilment ; but I put every assurance of God's word in the same connection, and in this connection alone I find ground for my faith in their certainty. The assu- rance that the sun shall rise upon the evil and the PEACE IN BELIEVING. 133 good, that the fields shall be covered with abun- dance, as well as the promise that God will be a husband to the widow, and a father to the father- less, I put in the same connection, and trace to the same source. They were uttered only by virtue of the covenant with Christ, they have been and yet are to be made good, only because Christ has ful- filled the conditions of that covenant. Thus it is that faith, fastening upon the promises of God as promises in Christ, anticipates all the objections to their fulfilment growing out of our un worthiness and ill-desert. It meets exactly a very common case in human experience ; the case of a man who is staggered by the greatness of God's promises, by the excess of their blessings over our deserts, nay, over our wishes and our hopes ; and to whose mind the question will be secretly proposed, u can these promises ever be fulfilled?" He does not, you will perceive, intend to question God's faith- fulness, but he may fear, and he thinks with too good ground, that the promise will not, on account of his unworthiness, be fulfilled to himself. Ah ! if the promise was made to me dependent upon my de- serts, then, indeed, I might doubt and fear ; and it is because men who call themselves believers look away from the covenant with Christ, and look to their own frames and feelings, that they lose the benefit of their faith, and become very much like barometers, which rise and fall with the changes of the surrounding atmosphere. If my worthiness is to determine the fulfilment of God's promises, I can 134 PEACE IN BELIEVING. be certain of none of them ; but if my faith fastens upon Christ, and upon what he has done, as the ground of the certainty of God's promise, there can be nothing to shake it ; while there might be room for a thousand fears and suspicions, were every thing dependent upon me, whose failures in obe- dience might remove me, so to speak, out of the sphere of the promise. There is room only for fixed confidence and full assurance, when every thing- depends upon what Christ has done, who having in his humiliation and death fulfilled the conditions of the covenant, lives now in glory, exercising there a ministry which secures the fulfilment of the promise to every one who believes in him. These are the elements and sources of that power which faith in the word of God's testimony has to give fixedness to the spirit, amid all changes, and a peace which rises superior to the influence of all the disturbing causes which may act upon the mind ; and if this is a right view of God, if he is thus near us, cautiously engaged in all our concerns, acquainted with all our circumstances, if his pro- mises meet us in all the conditions of our being, assuring us of his protection and care, and his de- termining to make all things work together for our good ; if every one of these promises is thus certi- fied, and put past all doubt, can it be otherwise than that there must be peace in believing ; and may not a man, in any circumstances, be at rest in the full confidence that " God will perfect every thing concerning him. 7 ' PEACE LIST BELIEVING-. 135 In the remarks we have thus far thrown out, we have given you what may be called the theory of our subject, by exhibiting the elements or grounds of a Christian's confidence ; we have shown that it ought to be a source of rational and abiding peace ; we now advance a step farther and speak of it as something which has been actually tested by experiment and has never yet failed. In point of fact, this confidence in God always does minister peace and joy to the human spirit. We have already remarked that the life of every man has its shades as well as its lights. There are hours of sadness as well as of joy — of fear as well as of hope — and it is in the seasons of gloom that human confidences are tried ; and if we would know the value of a Christian's faith we must look at the influence it exerts over the mind in those circum- stances in which naturally mens' hearts fail them through fear, and the character of their trial: places them beyond the reach of all mere human consolation. We admit that there are some of the calamities of human life under which natural fortitude e&h sustain a man, and earthly philosophy can cheer him ; but they are invariably of that nature that time and diligence may repair the injury they have occasioned. A man may be stripped of his pro- perty, and yet if he sees how he can make his losses good, the hope of coming prosperity can sustain him, the prospect of future success may buoy his spirit and give him energy, nay, the very effort: 136 PEACE IN BELIEVING. he puts forth to regain what he has lost, may al- most make him forget that he has been a loser. But there are other trials which do not admit of any such alleviation ; there are losses which admit of no earthly reparation ; there are griefs of the human spirit which are not to be assuaged by any earthly consolations, and sorrows to which no human philosophy can minister alleviation. We take you to the scene where the heart bleeds be- cause of its ruptured ties, where death has been doing his work in the household, where his stroke lias fallen so as to be most surely felt, because the fairest and loveliest of the family circle has become its prey. Here is a case upon which human philos- ophy may try its strength, and worldly consolation may exhaust its common-places, but the one is un- meaning, and the others are painful ; and pleasure may tonch the harp whose strains have often en- chanted and seduced, but the worn and wearied spirit has no ear in the gloom for what sounded magically when a thousand lights were blazing. There never yet was a man placed in circumstances like these who did not feel that he needed some- thing more than earth could give him ; and these are precisely the scenes in which the confidence of which we speak is seen in its beauty and felt in its peace-speaking power. The writer, whose senti- ment we have been illustrating, uttered not simply the language of theory bnt of experience ; the con- fidence to which he gave expression had been tried. He remembered the hour when his city was de- stroyed and his family were carried away into capti- PEACE IN BELIEVING. 137 vity, how amid those who wept and wailed around him, and refused to be comforted, his heart was at rest because it was stayed upon God. We all know, moreover, that some of his sweetest songs were sung in the seasons of his deepest sorrow, and that in circumstances which would have unnerved any spirit destitute of his resources. When closely pursued by those who thirsted for his blood, he said, " I will both lay me down in peace and sleep, be- cause thou Lord only makest me to dwell in safety." Nor is that upper chamber at Shunem without its meaning, where a mother has laid the body of her only son in death, and answers the inquiry of the people after her welfare, by saying, " It is well." The illustrations of this character might be mul- tiplied a thousand fold ; we might summon up a weeping group, and as they passed before you, you should see orphans whom death had made solitary, parents to whom the world had become a desert, because some long-watched and cherished flower had withered and died ; widows in their loneliness, whom death had reft of every friend but God ; and if there are tears upon their faces, there are smiles also, and their testimony is, that they have never been deserted in their sorrows ; they have had peace, but it has been " peace in believing," their best lessons of truth have been learned, their clear. est views, their largest apprehensions of spiritual things have been gained in seasons of trouble ; and never have they had such full proofs of the pre. ciousness of Christ, never such abounding consola tions, as when one joy after another has departed- IdO PEACE IN BELIEVING. and wave upon wave of sorrow has rolled over them. While earth around them has seemed a desert, and while they were toiling painfully along, the arid sands have grown fertile, and fresh things and green things have sprung up around them ; and where it seemed as though nothing but the deadly nightshade could grow, the tree of life has sprung up with its twelve manner of fruits ; and never were its clusters so rich, never did so many hang within their reach. Such is the testimony of those who have put their trust in God ; and the experience which it sets before us, forms a striking contrast to that of others who know nothing of the value and efficiency of God's promises, upon whom in dark- ness no light arises, and who in the desert can find no green thing upon which the eye may rest. Nay, I think I may go farther than this, and I imagine that many a man's experience will bear me out in the seeming paradox, that the joys of the spirit which clings with an unwavering confidence to the promises of God, are greatest in the hours of the greatest trial, because faith then is strongest in its exercise. It is in moral as in natural things ; music sounds softer and sweeter by night than by day, because then all is still, and the notes are brought out more fully. It is in the hour of calamity that the ruptured heart-strings yield the sweetest melody, when touched by God, and the notes of praise are loudest and richest, because the promises of truth w^hich alone can raise them, then seem most precious. Now if these things be true with regard to what PEACE IN BELIEVING. 139 may be termed the ordinary scenes of life, because trials and affliction are the common lot of humanity, if a man must have that strength which confidence in God alone can give him, to prevent him from being overborne by common calamities, if he can- not separate from faith in the promises, possess his soul in patience and peace, amid the e very-day events of life, he cannot certainly in the hour of his greatest trial, when all earthly resources fail him, and all earthly supports sink beneath him. There is an hour before us, my brethren, when nothing but confidence in God will help us ; and herein we have an illustration of the value and glory of this confidence, that it can, and does sustain the spirit and give it in this hour per- fect peace. We all feel that death is an evil, a ter- rible evil; and yet an evil which we must meet. Looking at it from a distance, we may talk very calmly about it, and indulge in very ingenious rea- sonings ; but when we look at it as near at hand, it is a very different thing from what it appeared to be in the light of our philosophical speculations. We never passed through such a scene, or any thing like it — a scene where all that may have cheered us onward in the world is withdrawn — a scene where sense can teach us nothing — a scene where reason can give us no help, because it has no pro- mises upon which to build an argument, or from which to draw an inference — a scene where these spirits must leave these bodies, and go forth, each one by itself in its solitariness, to tread a hitherto unexplored pathway, and to abide the searchings 140 PEACE IN BELIEVING. of judgment. That scene is just before us ; it will not be long before we shall be passing through it. Happy is the man, I do but echo the sentiments of every heart when I say, " Happy is the man who can say with calmness and composure, in view of such a scene, u The Lord will perfect that which con- cerneth me." Faith, simple confidence in God through Christ, can give a man strength and peace in such a scene as this, and nothing else can do it. I do not enter upon an argument here ; I might, if I were so disposed, show how this confidence se- cures to a man victory of death ; I think I might make it perfectly apparent, that the man who be- lieves in the word of this testimony, has in his pos- session, while he looks upon Christ as revealing immortality, as taking away the sting of death by his atonement, as himself triumphing over the grave, and giving to his followers an assurance of like victory, has in these views all the elements of peace, and a peace as full as his views are clear, and his confidence in them is strong. But I appeal now to facts. It cannot be denied then, as a simple matter of fact, that persons of every age and every rank in life, are continually meeting death with calmness and even joy. Though not insensible to the terrors of death, they have yet that which enables them to triumph over them — nay, with a full view of what death is, what it involves, and to what it leads, they can. approach it with confidence, and even exult that the hour of their departure is at hand. If you ask me for an explanation of this fact ; what it is which upholds the dying Chris- PEACE IN BELIEVING. 141 tian, what throws over his wasted countenance such an air of serenity, what prompts his expres- sions of peace, his "breathings of hope, which seem so illy to accord with his circumstances of decay and trouble, I answer it is some such simple word of promise as this, to which his faith clings : " Fear not, for I am with thee ; be not dismayed, for I am thy God." That is the secret of the Christian's peace, and joy, and triumph. Confidence in the word and promise of his master ; and that confidence assures of victory, that confidence brings heaven near to him, so that he is like one who already sees the glory, and hears the minstrelsy of the eternal city. I have never witnessed such scenes in any other connection. I have never heard of such peace and joy as resulting from any other influence. The history of the world cannot produce a single case of a man dying in peace without simple faith in the promise of God. I have heard, indeed, and have seen men of the world, men who knew nothing of Christ and him crucified, utter strangers to faith in God's promises, go hence without betraying any particular emotion. The wicked, according to the teachings of the Bible, may have no bands in their death, they may sink into apathy, and some men may look upon their blighted energies and gross insensibility, as evidences of peace and victory. I have heard, too, of men who have gone the length of denying Christ and rejecting God's truth, dying in apparent unconcern. Hume and Gibbon could even trifle on their death-beds, and in trying to 142 PEACE IN BELIEVING. act the hero play the buffoon; but their very trifling betrayed a restlessness of spirit, and an anxiety to drown serious thought. These, however, are exceptions to the general rule. Most generally the last hours of skeptics have been like those of Paine and Voltaire, hours of horror; while the votaries of this world, who have passed through life unconcerned about spiritual things, have shown themselves the victims of agony and remorse, when they have approached the border line of eternity. But in the cases where such has not been the fact, cases like those to which we have alluded, while there may have been insensibility, there has been no peace ; if they have not been aghast with terror, they have been void of any pleasing antici- pations. There have been none of those beamings and flashings of hope and joy which faith kindles ; there have been no boundings of a spirit elastic with immortality, no such thing as a palpable mastery over death, no such thing as a holy defiance of the terrors of dissolution, no such thing as a vivid an- ticipation of happiness, no whispered assurance when the voice is failing that all is well, nothing of the kind ; oh ! no, these are the fruits of believ- ing on the testimony of God. My brethren, there is a reality in the religion of faith, there is a power in it which is no where else to be found. There is a reality which we must all appreciate, a power which we must all know expe- rimentally, if we would be at peace. With this conclusion, sustained as it is so fully by argument and fact, I come to my hearers to-day; I dedicate PEACE IN BELIEVING. 148 the thoughts I have thrown out to the tried and wearied spirit. There is peace in believing' — there is peace in nothing else. Could I bring all who hear me to-day to the exercise of this simple confidence in God through Christ, what wondrous change would pass over their experience ; how soon would that troubled conscience be soothed, how soon would that aching soul be relieved of its burden, that vacant heart be filled, that weary spirit be at rest, and those sighs for peace be lost in the joy of its attainment. Believe me, my brethren, you cannot do without confidence in God. Perhaps in an hour of earthly joy, when all is bright around you, my appeal may not come home with power to the spirit. But this sky will not always be bright — there is a storm cloud rising. The voice of joy will not always be heard in your dwelling, the bitter lamentation will be there. There are scenes before you which will try the spirit, and you must pass through them, and you never can be sustained except by confidence in God. Ten thousand withered hopes and as many broken hearts will tell you so ; or if you could pass un- harmed through all these scenes ; if you could weather all these storms of life, there is yet another ; it will come when perhaps you are least expecting it. It will be a dark, a dreary and op- pressive night, when it gathers around you, that will try you as you have never been tried before ; and then if you have no confidence in God to steady and fix yon, all will be lost, and lost forever. Of that coming tempest I would warn you. Every 144 peace m BELiEvma. thing may now be calm, but it is always still be- fore the fiercest storm. Your firmament may seem clear, but yonder is the little cloud no bigger than a man's hand, which portends the tempest. As you watch, it approaches, it increases, it gathers blackness ; if it finds you, without an in- terest in God's promises, it will sweep away all your confidences, overthrow all your towers of strength, and leave you a ruined thing over which others will say, Alas ! Alas ! this is the man who made not God his strength. To Him who is a hiding place from the storm and a shelter from the tempest, I would commend my hearers, and to them I would commend his truth. "Come unto me and I will give you rest." kC He that belie veth on him shall never be con- founded." SUPPORTS OF FAITH AMID THE MYSTERIES OF PROVIDENCE. " Thy righteousness is like the great mountains ; thy judgments are a great deep. Lord, thou preservest man and beast." — Psalm Theee is nothing very striking or remarkable in this text as it presents itself to the eye of the superficial reader, and yet a closer examination will show it to be full of the most interesting and con- solatory instruction. It appears at first sight to be but a simple statement of three distinct, familiar, and indisputable propositions, without any close con- nection with, or dependence upon, each other. The first has reference to God's righteousness, that per- fection of character which secures perfect equity and justice in all his procedures, — and its compari- son with the great mountains is designed to show it fixed and immoveable ; so high that it cannot well be lost sight of; so deep in its foundations that it cannot be overthrown or shaken. The other has reference to God's judgments, his deal- ings and dispensations towards men ; and under the emblem of " a great deep," to which he likens them, it is affirmed of them that they are inscrut- 10 146 STJPPOKTS OF FAITH. able, incomprehensible, not to be fathomed by us in our present state of being. The last refers to God's general providential care, as its evidences are presented daily to our observation ; or more parti- cularly to those common mercies which are shed down, constantly upon the creatures of his hand, as intimating not more clearly the minuteness of God's inspection and care than the kindness by which they are uniformly marked. These are the three propositions before us. In bespeaking for them your attention, we do not feel ourselves called upon to enter upon an extended demonstration of their truth. We suppose them to be all admitted. No one who believes in the existence of God, and acknowledges his government, will pretend to call in question the equity of his administration, — " He is righteous in all his ways, and holy in all his works." The supposition that he can possibly com- mit a mistake, that he is liable, however remotely, to an error, either of judgment or of heart, involves an inconsistency which the intellect as well as the feelings of man at once repudiates. This is a fixed principle, an axiom in all our reasonings upon the divine dispensations which no rational man would think of questioning a moment ; and under the full conviction of this truth it is that we so promptly resolve all the apparent inconsistencies or inequali- ties of the divine administration, not into any want of equity or justice upon the part of him who sits upon the throne, but to our own ignorance or short sightedness, which disqualifies us from taking those large and comprehensive views necessary to a STTPPOKTS OF FAITH. 147 clear perception of his dealings in their varied and often complicated relations. Equally uncalled for is an argument to demon- strate the mystery of God's dispensations. iSTo one can study or even slightly observe the divine deal- ings, whether in reference to individuals or com- munities, without perceiving much, the fitness and propriety of which are matters of faith, not of de- monstration, calling not upon ingenuity to specu- late, but upon reason to submit. God's " judg- ments are a great deep," which we have no line to fathom, and beneath the surface of which, if we dive, we are completely lost. "While at the same time we cannot cast our eye abroad in any direc- tion without observing traces of perpetually exer- cised skill and unceasing goodness ; the universality of God's providential care can no more be ques- tioned that the righteousness of his government or the mystery of his proceedings. It is as true that he " preserveth man and beast," as it is that his " righteousness is like the great mountains," or that his " judgments are a great deep." We have, then, on this occasion, nothing to do with argument going to demonstrate the correctness of either of these propositions ; we assume them as granted, and pro- ceed therefore to the main purpose of our discourse, which is to show the connection between them, and ascertain what, if any, great practical lessons may be learned from the manner in which they are combined by the inspired writer. I. In order to bring out distinctly the idea I have in my mind, as suggested by the language of 148 SUPPORTS OF FAITH. the text, I begin with the proposition relating to the unsearchable nature of the divine dispensations, the judgments of God, which the Psalmist compares to " a great deep." It is undoubtedly a fact that the grounds of God's procedures, and the methods of his action, are very often beyond our ability to discover and trace them. There is not one of us, perhaps, who has not been greatly perplexed by events in his own private history, events which have disarranged all his plans, and it may be blighted his most dearly and longest cherished hopes, and been baffled in his best efforts to explain them or unravel their intricacy. The surprise at these developments of Divine Providence is as un- warranted as is our dissatisfaction in view of them unreasonable ; for, as we apprehend, there is nothing but what we ought to expect ; nothing but what is unavoidable in the incomprehensibility of the di- vine judgments. If among ourselves the dealings of wise men, proceeding from a high degree of sa- gacity, appear unaccountable, because founded on maxims, or contemplating ends not understood or appreciated by the great mass of their fellows, it surely is not to be wondered at, that God, who in his wisdom is as far above us as the heavens are above the earth, should be inexplicable in his act- ings, often doing the very opposite to what in the same circumstances we should have done, and pro- ceeding in a way to us apparently least likely to produce the desired end. But if the inscrutableness of Providence did not result necessarily from God's superior wisdom, still SUPPOETS OP FAITH. 149 there would be sufficient reasons to justify its pro- priety. It would be quite possible, we admit, for God so to arrange every thing that his judgments should not be a great deep, that his motives and ends of action should always appear upon the sur- face, palpable and obvious to every one ; and yet there would be sufficient room to question the wis- dom of such an arrangement, as there would be little or nothing to conciliate our reverence, or com- pel our submission. As things now are managed, while — " God moves in a mysterious way, His wonders to perform," we are constantly reminded by the fruitless- ness of efforts to fathom the divine judgments, of our limited knowledge, and feeble penetration. Let Providence be divested of all its intricacies, so that there should be to us no obscurities, and our sense of the distance between the finite and the infinite would be very much diminished ; we would feel that God was brought down to the level of our capacities, or what, practically, would be very much the same thing, we would feel ourselves exalted to his level. It is, we ima- gine, quite necessary, in order to inspire humi- lity, awe, reverence, and discipline us to faith, that God in his ordinary operations should be hidden from us ; that he should discover himself sufficiently to prove to us that he is at work, yet not so as admit us to his counsels, nor allow us to trace the steps of his progress. Submission to God is a vir- tue, as well as reverence ; and if always able to dis. cern the reasons of the divine dealings, to determine 150 SUPPOETS OF FAITH. the end proposed, and the suitableness of the means used for its accomplishment, we would think God little wiser than one of ourselves, and find nothing any where to fill us with reverence. So in the hour of trial and sorrow there would be nothing to exercise patience, or teach us submission, if we saw distinctly the process by which God was accomplishing his purpose, or the benefit it was designed to secure. God is mysterious. It is well, we see it, that he should be so ; far more mysterious in the works of providence than of nature ; and they who confess his authorship and superintendence of the objects around them, must admit the propriety of this characteristic of his movements, even though they should sometimes be staggered when reflecting on the course of human things, and be tempted to doubt whether the very being whom they recog- nize as presiding over the mechanism of the mate- rial universe, acting with such unfailing precision and uniformity, does, indeed, sit perpetually at the helm of human affairs. Though we may attempt, as we look over God's dealings, and observe the jostling and confusion which seem well nigh uni- versal, and mark the unexpected turn which things often take, to assign a reason for one appointment and determine the possible use of another, yet we find it very hard to assure ourselves that all is for the best ; that there is not a spring in motion which God does not regulate, nor a force in action which he does not control ; still all this is precisely what we ought to expect, God's wisdom and knowledge, SUPPORTS OF FAITH. 151 so far surpassing our own, teach us that his deal- ings must be founded on principles which we can- not discover, and influenced and guided by motives and maxims which we cannot understand; and, therefore, must be to us, who are but children in understanding, little else than a mass of mysteries. "Working as he is with a view to various and dis- taut events, involving, perhaps, the interests of a kingdom in those of an individual, having respect to a single family in the changes of an empire, how can he be otherwise than unsearchable in his Pro- vidence to us, who can apprehend nothing but the nearest design, our supposed knowledge of which may after all be but little more than conjecture ; and when we add to this that a it is the glory of God to conceal a thing," that it is the very dark- ness in which he dwells which secures our reve- rence, and compels our submission; not with a feeling of surprise and discontent, but of admira- tion and praise, nay, with a confession of the great- ness, the majesty, the wisdom, the goodness of the Creator, should we remember that his "judgments are a great deep." II. The effect, however, upon us of the mysteries of the divine procedures, will be dependent almost entirely upon the position from which we view them, and the light in which we look at them. The mariner out upon the ocean at midnight is bewildered if he has no compass by which to steer, or if he loses sight of the fixed star by which he may direct his course. To plunge into the midst of a labyrinth, without an}' clew to its intricacies, 152 SUPPOETS OF FAITH. is to perplex, and disliearten, and throw one's self into deep despondency ; and so it will unnerve and prostrate any man to find himself in the midst of God's judgments or mysterious dealings without any previous preparation to meet them, or any light to throw upon their darkness. It is not therefore without reason, that the Psalm- ist says, "Thy righteousness is like the great mountains," before he speaks of the great deep of God's judgments ; for it is only upon the ground which his righteousness puts under us, that we can look calmly upon his judgments ; only the intelli- gent and firm conviction of that righteousness which can balance and steady the mind amid his mysteries. As by the righteousness of God, already explained, we mean that perfection by which He is holy and just in himself, and observes the strictest rules of equity in his dealings with his creatures ; to be' convinced of his righteousness is to be satisfied that, whatever may be appearances, God is guided in his actions by the most unimpeachable princi- ples, and has only to make known his reasons, to secure the approval of all his intelligent creatures. We cannot be satisfied of God's righteousness, with- out being thoroughly persuaded that even when his dealings are the darkest, they need only to be seen in the light of his wisdom to commend themselves as the best that could be devised ; and the reason why the men who walk with God, and. study well his character, are so little perplexed by the intricacies of his Providence, and so little disheartened by what is obscure, is, that they ha ve SUPPORTS OF FAITH. 153 settled it in their minds that God is righteous in all his ways ; and holding fast this great truth in every hour of difficulty, and doubt, and. trial, they are as thoroughly satisfied that what is unsearcha- ble is right, as though it were all laid open, and they had the evidence of sense or reason for its goodness. Thus it was that the Psalmist fortified himself against the inscrutableness of the divine judgments, by assuring himself of the divine right- eousness ; and herein he teaches us a lesson we are very apt to overlook, but which our comfort re- quires us perfectly to learn. We cannot always walk in the light ; sometimes God will throw dark- ness about us ; prosperity cannot be our unfailing allotment ; our life is a chequered scene, the bright spots of which are intermingled with shade. If we have our hours of ease, we must have hours of difficulty ; if we have comforts, we must have trials likewise. At times we may feel that we are tread- ing upon the solid earth, and again we are launched out upon the ocean of God's judgments. And nothing will give us light in darkness, or strength in weakness, or relief in perplexity ; nothing will equip us for the hour of difficulty or trial but the conviction, intelligent and thorough, of this simple truth, God's " righteousness is like the great mountains." Fixed upon this ground, we should always be firm, calm, collected, never afraid of evil tidings, never dismayed by the divine dealings, because we would be stable, trusting in God. One great practical mistake upon this subject, my brethren, is, that we wait till we are enveloped 154 SUPPORTS OF FAITH. in darkness before we acquaint ourselves with God ; and then when the hour of difficulty conies, we have to search for relief, instead of being provided beforehand ; and when the storm bursts upon us, we have to look round for shelter, when the way into God's pavilion should have been perfectly familiar. We are driven out into the deep of God's judgments, with but very dim apprehensions of his righteousness ; and a then without any thing to which we may cling, we cry out as though God had forgotten to be gracious. Had we certified our- selves beforehand that God never can mean but what is right, that he never can swerve or be diverted from his purpose, we could not fail, when we found ourselves upon the dark waters, to see the star which is to teach us how to steer. In the imagery of the Psalmist which has sug- gested these thoughts, there is beauty as well as truth. We have here a combination of the moun- tains and the depths, and there should be no diffi- culty in sketching upon canvass, as there is none in the conception of a picture which would dis- tinctly symbolize the writer's idea. Here we have before us the deep of God's judgments, waters un- fathomable by any human line ; and here we have the mountains, whose foundations are washed by these unfathomable waters ; they seem to be rising out of the waters, and girding them round upon every side. We know from the parts of the mountains which are visible, that there are lower parts concealed from us by the waters, and are just as confident that the lower parts form the basin SUPPORTS OF FAITH. 155 out of which the waters flow ; and thus, when we see the mountains all around us, we may be sure that the foundations beneath the waters are of the same materials with the summits above, which, though sometimes hidden in the mists, often glow in the sunlight. Such seems to be the conception of the Psalmist. It is truthful, and beautiful, and impressive. God's judgments are the deep which we cannot explore, but from this deep rise moun- tains, and these mountains are the righteousness of God ; as they gird around the waters, so does the righteousness of God embrace all his dealings. As we doubt not, that their foundations are the same with their summits, so we cannot doubt that the righteousness of God is the same in what is dark as in what is clear. ISTay, more than this, as the surface of the water often mirrors the tops of the surrounding mountains, so not infrequently can an attentive eye observe the image of God's righteous- ness upon the very front of his dispensations. What then are we to do when upon this mysterious deep, but to look at the mountains which rise upon every side, and remember that under the waters, unseen by us, are their foundations ? Though we cannot take the soundings of the mighty abyss, yet we should feel safe if we kept in mind the righteousness of God. We should never be at a loss or bewildered, if faith in the divine character were always in lively exercise ; and it might be al- ways kept in exercise, for there is always some- thing upon which it may fasten and act. Driven and tossed as we may be, there is always some 156 SUPPOETS OF FAITH. peak of these everlasting hills discernible, some eminence of the mountains to serve as a guide and assure us of our safety. It is because practically we regard the righteous- ness of God as sand, which may be displayed or encroached upon by the waters, and not as moun- tains, which cannot be removed, that we are dis- turbed when thrown upon the sea of God's judg- ments. Only let us give the character of " moun- tains" to the righteousness ; look upon it as un- changeable and immoveable, as girding round the whole economy of divine Providence, and it could hardly happen that we should be overwhelmed by the divine dealings, however unable we should be to fathom them. Thus fortified by God's righteous- ness, we might turn our attention to God's judg- ments, and then it would be as though we were standing upon earth's mountairs, and throwing our gaze over the ocean; the heavings of the waves would cause us no solicitude, as we should feel certain of the solidity of that on which we stood, and have no fears that the waters, however agi- tated, would pass the boundaries appointed by the God of nature. So when we stand upon the right- eousness of God, knowing it to be immoveable as a rock of adamant, what to us are the tossings and fluctuations of human affairs ? There can be no overleaping the boundaries which the God of pro- vidence has appointed. Thus it is that the divine righteousness can give us light in the midst of darkness, relief in the midst of perplexity, and fixedness in the midst of SUPPOETS OF FAITH. 15 Y the changes which are taking place around us ; thus it is that the consideration of what God is will al- ways sustain us in view of what God does. He is " righteous in all his ways." He cannot fail to he righteous, righteous equally whether his doings are known or unknown, whether his ways are in the sunshine or the storm. His righteousness is not dependent upon our perception of it ; it is a neces- sary property of his nature. He might as well cease to exist as cease to act upon the best prin- ciples, in the "best mode and to the best end ; and then what have we to do with murmuring at his dealings, as though their propriety could be sus- pected. "What if we cannot fathom them ? what if we cannot comprehend them ? If we could, we would be no more sure of their righteousness than we ought to be now, on the testimony of his charac- ter. If we look on the mere dispensation, it seems a vast profound in which the mind may sink ; but if we look at him whose dispensation it is, we might at once find a resting-place for our spirits. Be it so that his dealings are inexplicable ; it is not ours to penetrate those dealings, but as they bear us along on their mighty deep, to keep looking, as the Psalmist elsewhere says, " to the hills whence cometh our help." There is not a billow on this deep from which we may not see land ; though if we dive beneath the surface we shall find only darkness, and be presently overwhelmed. Never should we study God's dealings apart from God's attributes, but prepare ourselves to study his deal- ings by studying his character ; for if we once 158 SUPPOETS OF FAITH. settle it firmly in the mind " that his righteousness is like the great mountains," it will never be in fear, never in perplexity, much less will it be in fretfulness and impatience, that we shall say, " Thy judgments are a great deep." III. The connection between the first and the second propositions of our text being thus estab- lished, we turn our attention for a moment to the last, that we may ascertain, if possible, its relation to those which preceded it. The transition, at first sight, we must admit, seems to be very abrupt ; for what has the mysteriousness of God's dealings to do with his providential care? and yet we can easily understand, that if to muse on the righteousness of God be the best preparation for the consideration of God's judgments, the doubts and difficulties which this consideration may nevertheless excite, may be best dealt with by pondering the every day mercies which are showered upon the world. I can easily imagine the state of mind which the introduction of this idea, in this precise connection, is calculated, if not designed, to meet. I may have prepared myself for surveying what is inexplicable in God's dealings, by fortifying my belief in God's righteousness, and yet while my eyes are upon the great deep, it will oftentimes be hard to keep faith in full exercise. I shall be very apt to forget, while gazing upon the dark, unfathomable expanse, the truths of which I thought I had certified myself. I shall feel as though I needed some distinct, visible evidence of the goodness of God, which all this darkness SUPPORTS OF FAITH. 159 and confusion seems to contradict ; and here I re- member that " God preserveth man and beast." I summon to my aid, in this emergency, the young and the old ; the men of every age and every clime ; I summon every beast of the field and every fowl of the air; I make the sea give up its multitudes ; I make every flower, every leaf, every water drop, pour forth its insect population, and they all pass in review before me. I ask myself who feeds this innumerable throng ? Who erects store-houses and keeps them supplied for all these tenants of earth, sea, and air ? How happens it that morning after morning men go about their varied employments, that the forests echo with the warbling of birds, that thousands of creatures are active on every hill and in every valley, "and yet that out of these countless multitudes of living beings, there is not the solitary one for whom abundant provision is not made in the arrangements of nature ? Is this animation which is perpetually kept up in the universe, and this sustenance which is so liberally provided for its entire population, to be referred to the working of certain laws and properties, irre- spective of the immediate, agency of an ever present, ever actuating Divinity ? Oh ! this is an idolatry of second causes, little better than a denial of the First Cause — this is substitut- ing that ideal, fabled thing, called Nature, for the God of nature — this is making the laws and processes by and through which God ope- rates, omnipotent, intelligent, omnipresent agents. No ! no ! The hand that made, sustains ; the breath 160 SUPPOBTS OF FAITH. that animated, continues in existence — u The Lord preserveth man and beast." He gave them being at first, and he is the fountain of their being at every subsequent moment ; and there is not in this wide creation the single living thing which is not perpetually drawing upon God ; so literally depen- dent upon his care and bounty, that an instant's suspension of his providential arrangements would suffice to quench the vital principle. Never let us for a moment indulge the atheistic thought, that though the universe could not have been made without God, it can nevertheless go on without God. Its wheels are not wheels, which once set in motion, may continue to revolve without fresh in- terference of the original agency. Its springs are not springs, which once touched, will vibrate for ever, without the hand of the contriver and archi- tect. Its seeds are not seeds, which, when once sown, need no influence from above to secure their perpetual springing. Every planet, as it marches, is impelled by God ; every star as it revolves, is turned by God ; every flower as it opens, is un- folded by God ; every blade of grass, as it springs, is reared by God. And if in place of suffering thought to wander along the spreadings of the universe, — though it could no where reach the spot where God is not busy, nor find the creature of which he is not the life, — if in place of this you tie it down to the inhabitants of this lower creation, what a pic- ture is opened before us by the simple fact, that in every department God is momentarily engaged in ministering to the beings whom he has called into SUPPOETS OF FAITH. 161 existence ; and from the king on his throne to the beggar in his hovel; from the grey-headed veteran to the infant of a day ; from the lordly lion to the most insignificant reptile ; from the stately eagle to the animalcule, which we know only from the mi- croscope, there is not to be found the solitary in- stance of a being overlooked by God — of life sustained independently of God, or which could last one second without his inspiration. And ought not this picture, upon which we may gaze daily and hourly, to have its effect upon the mind when we turn to the great deep of God's judg- ments, to refresh us in the midst of dark and intri- cate dispensations, and relieve us of those doubts which are often raised in view of the apparent want of goodness in the government of God ? Why, my brethren, there is not a morsel of food which we eat, nor a drop which 'we drink, there is not a bird which cheers us by its wild music, there is not an insect which we see sporting in the sunbeam, which does not rebuke us when we mistrust God because sometimes he is " unsearchable in his ways." Can it be that he is unmindful of the world, that he is not studying in all his appointments and arrange- ments the good of his creatures, when every where he is showing himself attentive to the comforts and the wants of the meanest living thing ; and while he is ordering the course of nature, and marshalling the ranks of cherubim and seraphim, he is yet bend- ing down from his throne and applying as close a guardianship to the ephemera which floats in the breeze as though it were the only animated creature, 11 162 SUPPOETS OF FAITH. or the only one requiring his providential care? This we apprehend to be the idea of the Psalmist ; and there is thus seen to be a strong and beautiful, though it be only an implied reasoning, in our text ; and I put all its propositions together, and show their mutual dependence upon, and relation to each other, thus: We muse in the first place on the righteousness of God. He would not be God if he were not " righteous in all his ways and holy in all his works ;" and, therefore, we may be perfectly confi- dent of this, that whatsoever he does is the best that could be done, whether we do or do not perceive its excellence. Having gained this point ; being fairly fixed in this conviction, that " his righteous- ness is like the great mountains," we turn to look at his judgments ; and what an abyss of dark waters is here ! How unsearchable, how unfathomable is God in many of his ways ; and yet if satis- fied of his righteousness, why should we be stag- gered by his judgments ? There is no method of getting away from this argument as an argu- ment, and yet the mind does not always rest per- fectly satisfied with it, and that because, while it is adapted to convince the intellect, it does not address itself forcibly to the feelings. Well, then, let us pass from what is dark to what is clear in God's dealings, and see if we cannot find something which may bring the sensibilities to harmonize with the convictions of the judgment. " He is about our path, and about our bed continually ;" " The eyes of all wait upon him ;" " He openeth his hand and SUPPORTS OF FAITH. 163 satisfieth the desire of every living thing." Is God, who is thus displaying himself to us, hourly and momentarily, a God of whom we maybe suspi- cious ? Do we honour the sensibilities of our nature which apprehend his goodness, any more than our judgments, which are convinced of his righteousness, when at any time, or in any circum- stances, we mistrust him? If when brought to see that God's "righteousness is like the great mountains," we still have our fears, when looking upon the great deep of his judgments, oh, surely, as we cast our eyes around us, and find in every direction the evidence of sense to this fact, that " God preserveth man and beast," there is enough to quiet every alarm and hush every remaining suspicion. In the expository remarks we have thus been enabled to present to you, this morning, we have, as we imagine, given you the spirit of our text, and set before you the lessons it may be used to inculcate. I do not know how I can leave my sub- ject so that it shall make its most salutary im- pression, better than by winding up my remarks with a single thought which the subject seems to suggest — viz. : the importance of thinking much on our common mercies, in order to prepare our- selves for uncommon emergencies. My breth- ren, we live in eventful times. In various ways God is moving through the world, accomplish- ing his designs. His path is a path of mys- tery, and his footsteps are not known. Like the wind which bloweth where it listeth, we 164 SUPPORTS OF FAITH. trace him only by his effects. His judgments are a great deep. Now we see him in the upheavings of empires, and the convulsions of nations ; again we find him in the pestilence that walketh in dark- ness, and the destruction which wasteth at noon- day ; what the end is to be we cannot tell ; how we are to be affected socially or personally we know not. "We may be, as individuals, the subjects of very mysterious dispensations ; we may be tried, perhaps some are now tried, tried severely ; and we must have something upon which to stay our minds. The great difficulty, when the trial does come, is to maintain a sense of God's loving-kind- ness. He who is strong in the conviction that " God is love," can hardly fail to be patient, if he is not joyful in tribulation; and the reason, I ap- prehend, why we are not all of us strong in this conviction is that we overlook the incessant, mo- mentary evidences of divine love, and think only of those which are vouchsafed in some great crisis or emergency. And yet our common mercies are the best ; we should feel their value if they were more rare. God demonstrates his kindness more by keep- ing us in health than by raising us from a perilous sickness; more by warding off from us danger than by shielding and delivering us when it comes. And, oh ! if we accustomed ourselves to think of our common mercies, to study God as an affec- tionate parent in his every-day dealings, if we thought of his love as sustaining us at night, and awakening us in the morning, and guarding us during the day time ; if we saw his love in every SUPPOETS OF FAITH. 165 thing ; felt it in the beating of the pulse, heard it in the voices of friendship around us, it could hardly be that we should think it withdrawn from, us the moment we were overtaken by any sorrow. We should have this truth then graven upon our minds ; our common mercies are the best prepara- tions for trials. We may have to go down into the deep, my brethren, the great deep of God's judg- ments ; and our faith may be shaken, because we lose sight of the mountains of God's righteousness which are round about us, those attributes which guarantee the fitness of every dealing ; but, oh ! it will cheer us, it will sustain us, it will be to us like a rafter to a man sinking in the waters, if we have stored our minds with the tokens of God's unva- ried loving-kindness, and have been in the habit of pondering our daily mercies. Then we can say, "Thou art good, and doest good continually." " Whatsoever time we are afraid, we will trust in thee." MOSES ON THE MOUNT. " And Moses rose up, and bis minister Joshua, and Moses went up into the mount of God." — Exodus xxiv. 13. The entire scene to which the text calls our at- tention, is doubtless familiar to all my hearers ;,and I am therefore absolved from the necessity of en- tering upon a detail of the circumstances, any far- ther than is needful to bring out distinctly the great practical truths upon which I design to in- sist. There is manifestly much in the occurrences here brought under our observation of a miraculous character, much that is to be explained by the peculiar genius of the institutions under which they took place, much- that to us wears the aspect of mystery. There was, moreover, a specific purpose to be answered by this particular dispensation to- ward Moses, and consequently we are not now, under God's ordinary arrangements, to look for a repetition of scenes conformable in all their exter- nal aspects to the one which is here recorded. And yet these outward forms, which so strike the senses, embody a great fact to which we may expect something correspondent now, though nothing MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 167 analogous, so far as its accompanying symbols are concerned. In reality, if we compare faithfully the Old Testament with the New, we shall be struck with the wonderful correspondence between them. Every type has its anti-type ; every shadow its substance ; every symbol its great truth ; and to all the ancient manifestations of God, there is some- thing answerable in man's spiritual experience now. Though the forms in which truth may have been conveyed are changed, the truth is the same ; though symbols and signs may, in a great measure, have vanished, the things signified remain. Nay, more than this, the truths which were of old con- veyed in these peculiar and oftentimes miraculous forms, are even more distinctly presented to us under the gospel ; and the privileges to which we are now introduced are larger and fuller than were those vouchsafed in ancient times. "With these general remarks, designed to justify the train of thought I am about to set before you, and to relieve me from the necessity of an attempt to explain all the minute circumstances here re- corded, I proceed at once to a consideration of the great subject suggested, in the lights in which this narrative presents it. That subject is communion with God — as to its reality, as to the principles upon which it is secured and maintained, and as to its effects ; upon all which points, I think, we shall find light shed by the history before us. I. Our first remark then is, the fact that Moses went up to the mount and there held communion 168 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. with God. It was a wonderful dispensation we say, and a privilege, we are apt to think, which growing out of his peculiar circumstances, we are not now to look for; This may, indeed, be so, if we re- fer exclusively to the outward visible preparatives and accompaniments ; yet, as to the thing itself, there is not a little language in the New Testament which represents it as the common privilege of believers in Jesus Christ. " Our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son." "Ye are the temples of the Holy Ghost." " Know ye not that God dwelleth in you V There is something in these expressions which convey the idea of a very close and intimate intercourse between the soul and God ; and if we are told that the language is figurative, we reply that there must be a correspondence be- tween the sign and the thing signified, and that the truth conveyed by a figure must be more wonderful than the figure itself. The fact itself of this com- munion is unquestionable, however difficult it may be to explain the manner in which it is enjoyed. Paul speaks of it as a matter which every Christian ought to understand. "Know ye not that ye are the tem- ples of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you V It is one of the earliest lessons in religion ; you cannot have taken a single step in an enlight- ened Christianity, and yet be ignorant of this, that ye are sanctuaries of the most High God in which he dwells. Such a spiritual fellowship involves on our part a simplicity of faith in the Divine testi- mony, a coming unto God, " believing that he is, and that he is a re warder of them that diligently MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 169 seek Mm ;" and on the part of God a manifestation of himself in a distinct manner to the believing, waiting soul, so that it has a conscious sense of the divine presence. I am perfectly aware of the aspect of mysticism which such a subject must wear to the inexperienced, and I do not know that it can be made intelligible in any other way than by experience ; and yet so far as I can see, there is nothing irrational in a consciousness of the Divine presence. God is the omnipresent one, omnipresent in all his perfections. He is every where in his wisdom, his love, his power, and his purity ; and surely he can make a soul who waits upon him conscious of his presence. It is, moreover, right to add here, that a spiritual mind is possessed of those susceptibilities, or is in that state which adapts it to receive impressions from God's character. There may be and doubtless is an analogy between the sensible and the spiritual world which will illus- trate this thought. There is a relation between our senses and the objects by which we are sur- rounded. He who created the eye and the beauti- ful things which we behold in nature, created them so as to adapt them to each other. God, most assuredly, would not have thrown on the theatre of nature forms so lovely, and beauty so great as we perceive, unless in connection with them he had made a rational, thoughtful creature, and bestowed on him senses by means of which he might derive pleasure from these created beauties. So in the spiritual world, through faith in the divine testi- mony, the attributes of God, the great objects of 110 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. religion touch (if I may speak so,) the soul at every point. The spiritual man has a perception of God, an understanding of truth, and an enjoyment of spiritual objects which the carnal man has not, and can pass through and beyond earthly and created things, and find his happiness in God himself. If it is folly for a blind man or a deaf man, to talk of the mysticism of him who speaks of the beauties and melodies of nature, no less folly is it for a man, a mere creature of sense, destitute of all those sus- ceptibilities of spiritual impression which are inse- parable from faith in the divine testimony, to talk of the mysticism and enthusiasm of the spiritual man, who speaks of his conscious sense of the divine presence. Why, my brethren, every religious act, every spiritual experience, implies this fellowship of which we speak. "What is the Christian's trust but the simple dependence of the mind upon a present God ? What is religious joy but a happy emotion of delight in God ? What is love but the attrac- tion of the heart's affections to the divine charac- ter, distinctly perceived ? What is hope but the pleasing anticipation of the full possession of those spiritual objects with which now we partially com- mune, and which, though imperfectly exhibited, are so satisfying to the mind ? Eeligion, spiritual religion, look at it in any aspect, what is it but the communion of the soul with its God ; but the con- sciousness of an influence which binds us to the eternal throne ; but contrition in view of God's mercy ; confidence in view of God's truth, wisdom, and power ; devotion, in view of God's claims upon MOSES OK THE MOUNT. 17 1 us, all seen and felt to be true ? There may be no literal mountain which man ascends ; there may be no outward manifestations which strike the senses of beholders ; but there is a communion between God and the soul, a conscious sense of the divine presence, as real and as effective now as that which belonged to Moses, when, at the bidding of God, he went up into the mountain. To deny it, is to rob the religion of the gospel of all its spirituality ; to be ignorant of it, is to be destitute of the very first elements of Christian experience. II. The second thought upon this subject, which the narrative before us suggests, relates to the mode in which this communion with God is attained and preserved. If you turn once more to the history, you will find that Moses, in every step he took in obedi- ence to God's commands, conformed himself strictly to the provisions of the dispensation under which he lived. An altar was built at the foot of the moun- tain, victims were slain, sacrifices were presented, and after these rites were performed, Moses ascend- ed the mountain and entered into the presence of God ; and here you have a principle, which ever since the fall of man, has entered into true religion. The idea of atonement in some form is inseparable from that of fellowship with heaven. The ancient patriarchs never approached God but on the ground and through the medium of a sacrifice. The whole Jewish service and ritual rested upon the same principle. During that entire economy nothing was done in the shape of religious worship but what was done through the intervention of an atonement. 172 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. It was only by complying with provisions which re- cognized this great principle, that any man could hold communion with God. This same principle constitutes a distinctive feature of Christianity ; but as this is a spiritual system, there must be in ad- dition a recognition of spiritual influences. All communion with God supposes on our part an ap- proach to God, on the ground of the sacrifice of Jesus Christ, and in dependence upon the Holy Ghost. I surely need not say to my hearers that the work of the Eedeemer is the standing medium of communication and fellowship between God and man ; in all his transactions with us, God regards the sacrifice of the Saviour ; this is a first element of Christian doctrine, the reception of which is es- sential to every thing like Christian experience. God never pardons a sinner but through the atone- ment ; he never raises man to a state of grace but through the atonement; he never receives a re- turning prodigal and invests him with the privileges and immunities of a child, but through the atone- ment ; he never meets man on earth, so as to make him one with himself, and admit him to the hopes and joys of eternal life, but through the atonement ; and no man can offer prayer, no man can believe to the saving of the soul, no man can rest in a state of Christian liberty, or enjoy spiritual purity, but he must come to God through the atonement. The cross of Christ furnishes the only ground where God can meet man, or man successfully seek God ; and it is a remarkable fact in^ the history of mind, MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 173 illustrating this great feature of the evangelical system, that a recognition of the atonement and true Christian experience are inseparable. A stranger to the sacrifice of Jesus Christ is a stranger likewise to a sense of forgiven sin, to intelligent, spiritual peace and joy; and to speak to him of fellowship with the Father and his Son Jesus Christ, of a consciousness of the divine presence, of a rest- ing of the soul with delight in God, is to speak to him in an unknown dialect. The fact upon this subject, my brethren, is, that God is unknown except as God in Christ. It is not only that we cannot approach him, but we can- not understand him, we cannot appreciate him, except in the manifestation he has made of him- self in his Son. The gospel, the burden of which is " Christ and him crucified," is God's grand plan of spiritual and providential government. Christ sits as " priest upon the throne," " the government is on his shoulders," every thing is in his hands. Nature, in all her departments, belongs to the Messiah. The world has an interest in his redemp- tion. He planted his cross upon our soil, and adapted the provisions of his gospel to the ways of the world. But for the intervention of grace through Christ Jesus, we do not see but that upon the entrance of transgression, these heavens must have been wrapped together as a scroll, and have passed away with a terrible noise, and these ele- ments must have melted with fervent heat. Upon no other principle can we understand how a kind Providence could shed down its favours upon indi- 174 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. viduals or nations. If justice had taken its unob- structed course originally, the world would not now have existed. But it does exist, it is preserved ; and we can account for the preservation of a single man, only on this principle, that the government of the world is an administration of grace and mercy in the hands of Christ, embracing every thing. To talk of trusting in God, hoping in God, having com- munion with God, in any other way than upon the ground of a Redeemer's sacrifice, and through a Redeemer's mediation, is not simply to overlook one important article of Christian faith, but to overlook that which constitutes the foundation stone of the entire edifice, giving consistency, co- herence, and value to all its different parts. No less essential to communion with God, is, I imagine, a recognition of spiritual influence. Cast your eye over the New Testament, and see how it speaks of the office and operations of the Holy Ghost, and then determine, whether this influence is not part of Christianity itself. " I will send you the Comforter, who shall abide with you forever. 1 ' "Who shall guide you into all truth." "Who shall take of mine, and shall show it unto you." " No man can say that Jesus is the Christ but by the Holy Ghost," " The Spirit of God dwelleth in you." There is, I am aware, sometimes in the minds even of Christians, a scepticism upon this point, when they pray for an outpouring of the Holy Spirit upon themselves and others, as if it were too much too expect it, or as if the gift were to be brought from some great distance ; and MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 175 yet spiritual influence is inseparably connected with the work of our Lord Jesus Christ. We might as well talk of Christianity without a Saviour, as of Christianity without the Holy Ghost. Wherever God's truth exists, there the Holy Ghost exists. Wherever the cross of Christ is pro- claimed, there the dews of heavenly grace descend ; and in the sanctuary of the Most High, where God has promised to meet his people, there is the pre- sence of the Holy Spirit to sanctify and bless those who seek his influences. I do not mean by this remark to limit spiritual influence to the ap- ]3ointed ordinances of the sanctuary, for unques tionably it goes beyond them ; but I mean to say that where the ordinances of Christianity exist, there is the Holy Ghost, to impart light, holiness and joy to those who thus wait upon God. There is, then, my brethren, such a thing as ascending the mountain, in a spiritual sense, to hold communion with God ; and it can be our privilege only as ours is the spirit of his ancient servant. We must go to the cross, we must acknowledge the atonement, take into our lips the name of Christ, and, in dependence upon the promised influences of the Holy Spirit, approach the Throne of Grace with confidence and boldness. III. I proceed to a third remark. Moses ascend- ed the mountain alone. If you turn to the narra- tive you will find that Joshua and some others were permitted to go partly up the hill, and then they were commanded to stop, and Moses singly pro- ceeded, and by himself was admitted to this ele- 176 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. vated intercourse with God. And here we have presented to us another principle of all spiritual religion and spiritual communion ; they are strictly personal. Our devotional exercises are all of this nature. True it is, we meet, at this day, in public fellowship, but there is a sense in which the soul sits solitary and alone in the midst of a multitude. Here I stand, and there you sit. There may be one character, one faith, one love, one hope, one joy, but our several emotions are perso- nal ; they belong to ourselves, not as united in a particular association, but as individuals. You know not my feelings, I know not yours. Poetry may represent our praise and prayer as ascending to God like a cloud of incense ; but though they may ascend intermingled, and in common language, yet when they reach the throne, we may be sure that God will separate the elements of which they are composed. We may join in the same service, sing the same hymn, unite in the same prayer, and yet there will be in the case of every individual a difference, and that difference is distinctly recog- nized by God. So in the bestowment of good, on the part of God, the same principle obtains. He has, indeed, made a general, all-sufficient provision for the sal- vation of men, he has provided for the pardon of all ; but then in the bestowment of the blessings of his grace, he deals with man as an individual. When the soul is converted, justified, sanctified, and the witness of the Spirit is bestowed, God deals with man as an individual. He raises him to MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 177 the condition of one of his own children, by an act of sovereign grace and love, contemplating him in his personal character. If our salvation is per- sonal, so also, must be the duties and privileges connected with it. No man can discharge duty ; no man can enjoy privilege for another. Our commu- nion with God must be personal. But I may carry my idea still farther, and say that solitude, strictly speaking, is extremely favour- able to the highest attainments and enjoyments of the Christian life. The closet of the Christian is analogous to the mountain ascended by Moses. There the Christian ascends, shut out from human observation, the carnal affections of life, the influ- ence of human passion and desire ; there he ascends, his mind fixed upon God as he reveals himself in Jesus Christ upon the pages of his holy word, and waits for the communications of his grace. There he stands like the traveller upon the mountain with the sun shining over and around him in his brightness, while clouds and darkness roll beneath him. I may add, moreover, that solitude furnishes the best test of our religious enjoyment. There is al- ways something suspicious about the character of our experience, when our happiness is connected only with public devotions. ~No man can join in the services of the sanctuary without having his feelings excited in one way or another. Our sen- timents, in such circumstances, may, in their own nature, be happy, but if they subside when we leave the sanctuary, we have reason to doubt whe- 12 IT 8 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. ther they are truly the result of divine influence ; "but when we enjoy ourselves alone; when alone we have communion with God; when alone we find joy in pouring out our hearts in prayer, we have a proof of the purity and genuineness of our Chris- tian feelings. And this is a thought to which I im- agine we cannot in our day give too much promi- nence. It is an age of externals — it is an age of action. I do not mean to say, that men pay too much regard to what is carnal and sensible in religion ; but I fear they pay too little regard to that which is spiritual and truly sanctifying. I do not mean to say that there is too much activity among the professed disciples of Christ, but I fear there is too little retirement ; and no man can be truly wise or holy, or spiritually great, unless he tears himself away from the bustle of life, and holds frequent communion with God in private. IV. Another thought I have to offer upon this sub- ject is suggested by the brilliant appearance of Moses, consequent upon his communion with God. An unusual light, beauty, and glory shone upon his countenance. We cannot give a satisfactory ex- planation of this appearance. It was undoubtedly typical and symbolical of a greater glory ; and yet I think we are warranted in view of it to say that communion with God will cause his beauty to rest upon the soul. There may be no external bright- ness like that which beamed upon the face of Moses, but there will be a spiritual light beaming forth instead upon the mind. Joy, for example, will be a consequence of this communion. How MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 179 can it be otherwise ? When the Saviour first re- veals himself to the heart, there is a consciousness of delight. ISTo one can be admitted into the family of God, and have satisfactory evidence that he is delivered from the wrath to come, without knowing the joy which springs from the manifestations of the Saviour to the heart ; and where there is the experience of the love of Christ in daily fellowship, there must be a peculiar happiness with which a stranger cannot intermeddle ; of which the world knoweth nothing, and which it can neither give nor take away. I know when we indulge in such thoughts, and speak in such a strain of inward Christian experience, we seem to many to be mov- ing very close on the confines of enthusiasm. Of this, I imagine, however, that we need have no ap- prehensions in our day. Surrounded and influenced as we are by earthly things, there is little or no danger of religious enthusiasm. The incrustations of the world so weigh down, and if I may speak so, sensualize our Christianity, that instead of prizing, we are apt to neglect the pleasures to which we are invited in communion with God ; and yet the man who never received any happiness from such communion, or never in his experience resulting from it, found himself a subject of a deep and peaceful emotion, has never fully entered into the spirit of true Christianity. The impulses of vital religion, when they exist in the mind, and they will exist when there is communion with God, must animate the spirit. Nor is joy the only fruit of this fellowship. There 180 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. must be in consequence of it an expansion of the capacity, an enlargement of the soul. Worldly men, sometimes designate Christians as < little crea- tures ; Ibut the man who walks with God cannot possibly be a man of contracted, paltry views; there is that in divine truth, there is that in the spirit and habit of devotion, there is that in inter- course with God which must expand the mind ; the soul which is stretched to the dimensions of Christianity must be the greatest soul on earth. The man of religion can enjoy every other form of truth and knowledge in common with the man of the world ; he can traverse the pages of history, he can enter into all the sciences and philosophy, he can appreciate the productions of the poet, he can (like other men) transact the common, commercial business of life, he can comprehend with others the principles of political economy and legislative jurisprudence, he can go in intellectual attainment, all the lengths of the men of this world, and when he comes to the termination of all that earth can teach and earth can give, God opens the treasures of religion, and the boundless prospect of an eter- nal life. We cannot, my brethren, throw our minds fully into devotional duties without finding that our intercourse with God, and with spiritual and eternal things, must produce elevation of thought and purity of heart. Oh ! if we constantly indulge in little petty passions, in worldly feelings, in insignificant doubts and fears, if we are troubled and thrown into consternation by the small inte- rests of time, and the passing, ephemeral events MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 181 which are occurring around us, we indicate too surely that we are living at the base, and not on the top of the mountain. Fellowship with God and with his Son Jesus Christ, while it will elevate man to the highest point attainable below, will produce a spirituality and a purity unknown in any other circumstances whatever. Then we must add that there is always a cor- respondence between inward experience and out- ward manifestation ; and he who holds communion with God, will be marked by an external beauty of character. Internal purity shows itself in out- ward conduct; if it belongs to us, the evidence of its reality and degree will be furnished in a spotless, holy life. Make the tree good, and its fruit will be good. As a man catches the spirit of his master from constant intercourse with him, the Christian will live the life of his Master upon earth, imitating Him, who in a spirit of love sought the glory of God and the good of others ; and this it is which gives effectiveness to Christian character ; it is this mani- fested spirit of Jesus Christ which is to save the world. The contest which is carried on between truth and error, between righteousness and sin, is more a contest of feeling, than of principle. Men, indeed, array themselves as disputants against the truth, and are prepared to oppose by argument every argument of Christianity ; and yet the tri- umphs of the cross are not usually secured by dis- putation ; it is not learning, it is not logic, it is not brilliancy of talent, which makes a man mighty to 182 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. the pulling down of strongholds ; it is the power of the manifested spirit of Christian love. The dif- ficulty to be overcome lies back of the intellect, in the heart ; and he who goes in the spirit of prayer, under the influence of the love of God and the love of man, does not meet directly the obstacles which sophistry and false reasoning oppose to the truth, but by the blandness of his character, the purity of his life, the plainly manifested spirit of his Master, forces his way through all difficulties to the heart, and by influencing that controls the mind. Communion with God, gives no less joy, and elevation, and purity to the soul, than it does energy to the character. V. I have yet a final remark to make upon this general subject. It is suggested by the veil which Moses put upon his countenance when he came down from the mountain to hold fellowship with the people. The meaning of this we cannot, per- haps, thoroughly divine ; it may have been de- signed to symbolize the darkness of the dispensa- tion under which the Jews lived. But, whatever may have been the meaning, we have the fact, which, perhaps, may find something analogous to it in the circumstances of some Christians which veil their spiritual glory and obscure their grandeur. There is, for example, now, often a great contrast between the outward circumstances of a spiritual disciple, and his privileges and inward experience. You find a man occupying perhaps the lowest posi- tion in life, busied in the most menial services. These are his earthly relations. Who would think MOSES OK THE MOUNT. 183 of such, a man that he constitutes part of God's portion, an object of his highest delight ; and yet follow that man in his retirement, and you will find him opening the sacred page, kneeling before the mercy seat, admitted to fellowship with God, drinking in streams of spiritual joy, and rejoicing in heavenly hope. What a contrast ! How lit- tle the world, as it looks upon him, knows about him! It is not an uncommon thing to find the highest style of spirituality concealed under an exterior far from prepossessing, and by circumstances often- times forbidding, on account of their painfulness. Who would think that that wretched, forsaken one for whom no friendly eye weeps, and with whom no friendly heart sympathises, is yet dear to God as the apple of his eye, is living under the light of God's countenance, and in the assured faith of joys to come. Providence, too, how often it throws darkness around the Christian, contrasting strongly with his spiritual light. In his spiritual state he enjoys the richest blessings, while he is the sport of natural troubles, disappointment, and grief. Some men, and Christian men, seem as though they were born to trial. If they think they have escaped one wave of sorrow, another soon overtakes them. If they appear to gain one haven of repose they are soon driven out again to sea. If the wind and the tempest are hushed for a short time, they rise again in greater turbulence and darkness, and it is only when the last wave comes, which leaves them on 184 MOSES ON THE MOUNT. the shore of immortality, that their troubles termi- nate. Affliction often veils the state of Christians. What judgment, what strength of intellect, what mental resources, what deep-toned spirituality, marked the character of Richard Baxter ; and what a contrast to all these, is furnished in the fact, that he scarcely enjoyed any temporal comforts from the time of his conversion till he put off mortality and went to his eternal home. Robert Hall, with a genius than which none more brilliant, a mind than which none more elevated, a taste than which none more refined, eloquence than which none more polished, public spirit and patriotism than which none greater ever belonged to a human being, a man withal deeply imbued with the love of God, and whose marked spirituality of character, formed his brightest adornment — Robert Hall did not re- collect from his infancy the enjoyment of a moment's ease. And they are but instances of the kind. Good men in this world, are often misunder- stood and mistaken. Sometimes they may appear morose ; circumstances throw a veil over them, and though unobserved by the public eye, the impress of God's image is bright and beautiful upon the mind. Permit me to add, in concluding these remarks, and as exhibiting the end upon which they are de- signed to bear, that communion with God is the privilege and duty of every professed disciple of Jesus Christ. We never can attain to Christian joy or Christian usefulness without it. The soul must MOSES ON THE MOUNT. 185 converse much with herself and with God to be either very great or very happy. Our sources of happiness, our power for usefulness, are found in scenes of close communion with our Master. A stranger to such scenes cannot be a useful man. Natural talents, great learning, eminent reputation, and great wealth, may do much toward the exter- nal development of Christianity in the world ; but it is only genuine Christianity in the heart which can win souls to Christ. Go up into the mount, then, my fellow Christians, and there hold converse with God ; and then and there, in your happiest moments, when faith is in its most lively exercise, and you have most power with God, remember the church of Christ, — remem- ber your own church. They prosper who love Zion. Pray for the peace of Jerusalem ; for the extension of Christ's kingdom ; for the salvation of souls ; and then the dews of heavenly grace will descend, and measures of divine influence be poured out, and our souls shall rejoice together in the lov- ing kindness of God. .THE LIFE TO COME. " The life that now is, and that which is to come." — 1 Tim. iv. 18. " The life which, is to come," (the thought upon which I wish to fix your minds this morning) is to be looked upon in its connection with " the life which is," as being its full and perfect develop- ment. The one is the commencement, the other is the consummation of human existence, neither of which is rightly understood except as they are con- sidered to be the successive stages of one and the same being. It is a very simple idea, apparently, — that I am to live hereafter — that in u the life which now is," I am standing upon the threshold of " the life which is to come," and preparing the elements of its character and experience — that through whatever scenes I am to pass, whatever may be the changes in the form and mode of my existence, I, the same conscious, thinking, feeling, active being, am to live hereafter, and live for ever. And yet, simple as is the idea, it is one of command- ing power over the human mind. It gives us views of the present such as no other thought can impart to it, and stirs up emotions such as no other influence can THE LIFE TO COME. 187 excite, and gives birth to purposes, and prompts to action such as nothing else can originate. It is a mighty conception, that of " the life which is to come," one which grows upon us the longer we pon- der it, and which whenever taken in by the mind, must be seen in corresponding effects upon the character. I am now a conscious being ; what I am now in this respect I shall be for ever. As to the power of this thought we can imagine none which does not dwindle into insignificance when brought into the comparison. Doubtless all of my hearers are familiar with the story of the man who was arrested in a career of sensuality and crime, brought to think upon his ways, and turn his feet unto God's testimonies by simply reading the record of the deaths of the antediluvian patriarchs. The simple words, " he died," appended to each of their names, brought home in the most startling manner to his mind this thought, that the most protracted life on earth must come to an end. He could not banish the idea that his life on earth must close, and he was stirred up most effectually to prepare for its termination. But how much more startling should be the sentence, " he lives," written upon every man's tomb-stone, or appended to the record of every man's departure from this world. From the simple expression, "he died," taken by itself, we gather no other idea than that he has passed from this stage of being ; but the expression, "he lives," indicates a futurity, and lets the imagination run wild in filling up that futurity with images of magnificence and terror ; and it is 188 THE LIFE TO COME. because the thought of living hereafter has "become associated somehow in our minds with the thought of dying here, that the latter thought exerts such an influence over us. It is an impressive thing, a genealogy of the generations who have gone before us ; not because as we look over page after page we read the names of those who once were like ourselves instinct with life, who had their joys and sorrows, their hopes and fears, their plans and pro- jects, which have all come to an end, but because we read the names of those who are now living, and whose present consciousness takes its character from the hopes and fears, the plans and projects which marked their earthly history. The dead — we speak of them as those who are not. But in this sense there are no dead in the universe ; of the mighty catalogue written in heaven's book of men who have been, not one has passed into nothing- ness ; of every human being, it is true, that when he began to be, he began to be immortal ; he may have changed his place and his mode of existence, his dust may have returned to the earth as it was ; but yet he lives as truly as he ever did, and will continue to live through ceaseless ages ; and what is true of all before us is and will be true of each one of ourselves. There is a " life to come," and in a very short time we shall be mingling in its scenes with those who have preceded us. This then is my thought this morning, " The life to come ;" its certainty ; the elements of its experience ; the influ- ence it should exert over our minds. Give me your THE LIFE TO COME. 189 attention while I endeavour to set these thoughts in order before you. I. Now, with regard to the first point — the cer- tainty of " the life which is to come," I admit, that our storehouse of proofs is here, in the revela- tion of God. I do Dot suppose that the human mind could, as it never has done, reach absolute assurance upon this article, independently of some supernatural disclosures. It is here that life and immortality have been disclosed by the Great Teacher, who came down from heaven, and not only disclosed in his instructions, but set in a most vivid light, by the miracles he wrought, in bring- ing back men from the grave, and by his own re- surrection, the type and pledge of the resurrection of the race. It is upon this proof, then, that we fall back, and we are not ashamed to avow our un- shaken confidence in these disclosures, in the face of a gainsaying and skeptical world, in view of the evidence of truth which crowds itself upon the mind, from the facts of history, from the fulfilment of prophecy, from the performance of miracles, and from the internal fitnesses and proprieties of the disclosures themselves ; evidence, which having been for centuries subjected to the most rigid and scrutinizing investigation, on the part both of friends and foes, may be safely considered as an impregna- ble basis for faith, and hope, and joy. We have not, then, in our minds, my brethren, the purpose of originating any proof of " the life which is to come," differing from that which is found upon the sacred page. "We wish you to look upon 190 THE LIFE TO COME. this testimony of God as the ultimate ground of faith. And yet there is such a thing as commending ascertained truth to the conviction of the human mind. "We may, if we are disposed to do so, gather from other sources collateral evidence of the facts of revelation. We may, if we can do so, meet the gainsayer and the unbeliever upon their own ground, and turn the weapons with which they attack revelation against themselves, by driving them, upon their own principles, into the admission of " a life to come. 7 ' And I am not sure in these days of physiological research and philosophic pride, when the enmity of the human heart against the spiritualities of the Bible is but half concealed under a professed regard for the ascertained truths of science, that it is a waste of time or labour, or an inappropriate work for the advocate of truth, to ransack the analogies of things, to trace the corres- pondence between the natural and spiritual, if for no other purpose than to show that a skepticism as to " the life which is to come" has no warrant whatever in any of the things which are seen and known as yet; and as an attribute of the human mind is gross and wicked, unnatural and monstrous. Let me, then, for a single moment carry you with me into this field of thought, bespeaking in the mean time your careful and fixed attention to what I have to offer. It is so well known that I need hardly dwell upon the fact, that the vegetable and animal world around us, when subjected to a careful examination, pre- THE LIFE TO COME. 191 sent constant changes, renovations, and transitions, while the subject of these changes and transitions preserves its identity. The fully formed butterfly, for example, is the same animal it was in its chrysalis, or but partially developed form, and yet the changes through which it has passed seem to us well nigh miraculous. It is worthy of remark in this connection, that the naturalist can very easily distinguish between the kinds of animals which are to undergo changes and transformations, and those which reach their perfection under one form of life. There are indications of incompleteness in the former which are not seen in the latter. There are germs of undeveloped being, there are certain symbols of progression and instinct which point out another mode of existence ; and when these indications are observed, and when these animals are seen instinc- tively preparing for their change, seeking a retreat, and occupied in a way unsuited to their present, but exactly adapted to their future mode of exist- ence, we can predict certainly beforehand, not an end, but a change in life ; for here are the leadings of nature, always true in their predictions ; it would be, to say the least, unphilosophical to affirm that all these indications meant nothing. They do mean something ; they are nature foretelling the changes through which it is to pass. Now, let us see what light this analogy throws upon the problem of our future existence. It is unquestionably true, that there are mysteries about human nature which nothing in the present life avails to solve. There are powers and instincts, as 192 THE LIFE TO COME. yet undeveloped, furnishing evidence of their ex- istence, but not reaching their end. We look for the distinctive features of human nature, not in any thing which man possesses in common with the irrational tribes around him, not therefore in any of his animal instincts and susceptibilities, but in those moral and intellectual powers which are his peculiar characteristics as a creature of God. Among these, if any where, we are to find the sym- bols of another life analogous to those instincts which in the animal creation seem to foreshow a new and higher form of existence. The materials of the argument for the soul's im- mortality, which reason has at her command, are neither few nor trifling. The common conduct of mankind, who in all ages and all nations have ad- mitted it, cannot well be otherwise accounted for, than by admitting the substantial truth of the thing believed. The aspirations after something beyond this transitory sphere, longings after the future, always the strongest in those minds whose powers have been most cultivated, the vast com- pass of the human faculties, the instinctive recoil from the thought of ceasing to be, above all that moral sense, whose power to afflict or gladden the soul is dependent upon future retribution, as it awakens hope or kindles fear, form the grounds, which cannot be removed, of a belief not easily to be shaken. But then, this is the point of my illus- tration ; all these prognostics of futurity, are evi- dences on the point only as they show the expecta- tion of " a life to come" to be an element of human THE LXEE TO COME. 193 nature, an original article in the natural constitu- tion of the mind. It is a well known fact, that man generally harbours the thought of living after death. Most men are convinced that they shall live hereafter, and the exceptions to this statement, the skeptics, insignificant hi number, who endeavour to evince the groundlessness of this expectation, prove by their ingenious and long continued reason- ing, that the belief of immortality is instinctive, or at least too general, and too deeply seated, to be easily removed. With this general view, we can meet the scientific and other doubters of the pre- sent generation upon their own grounds, and tell them, that as the forms, and instincts, and habits of certain kinds of animals foreshow a transforma- tion and a new mode of existence, so does the sum of human impressions, opinions, and expectations, constituting, as they do, elements essential parts of our nature, indicate infallibly what awaits the spe- cies, and prophecy our certain destiny. I know we shall be told here, that nothing is more common, than for men to entertain opinions and cherish expectations which are wholly ground- less. We are to a great extent creatures of preju- dice, adopting sentiments very hastily, upon very little and unsatisfactory evidence, and clinging to them with unyielding pertinacity, simply because we have advanced them ; but let it be remembered that we are speaking now not of particular opin- ions and particular reasonings, but we are speaking of the common reasonings, the common opinions, the common belief, the common instincts of the 13 194 THE LIFE TO COME. human family, all of which point in one direction. I may reason falsely in some cases, but it does not prove that the reasoning faculty of the human mind always reaches false conclusions. I may have my prejudices, hastily assumed and unfounded, but all human opinions are not unwarranted. My error on one point does not prove my error on a point which I hold in common with the entire human family — in some articles of my faith I may be chimerical, and yet perfectly rational in my belief of generally admitted truths. So with regard to the point we are now considering. My particular persuasions and prejudices, which may be entirely unwarranted, do not prove the common belief of human nature to be a vanity, but rather the contrary. The par- ticular views which different men entertain con- cerning a future life may be fanciful and false ; but so far from militating against the doctrine itself, they go upon the supposition that there is " a life which is to come." The particular desires, and views, and hopes of the benighted Pagan, the victim of superstition, and even the nominal Christian, con- cerning this future life, may be all wrong and de- lusive ; their hope of what awaits them after death, may be a dream, but not so the belief that they shall survive death. So the peculiar forms of differ- ent religions may be false, but the religious instinct itself in man speaks the truth. The errors on the subject of religion and futurity of which man, in- dividually, or nationally, become the victims, may all be traced to artificial or accidental causes, and vanish the moment those causes cease to operate ; THE LIFE TO COME. 195 but religion itself, a sense of obligation to a higher power, and the common impressions, expectations and opinions, concerning " a life which is to come," spring from among the elements themselves of human nature. You may warp them ; you may exaggerate them ; you may deform them ; but there they are; you may depress them, or cover them, or secure their temporary denial, as to some extent was done in France at the close of the last century ; but they will reappear again every where, with unabated force, and the same essential properties,, These are very different in their na- ture and in their origin from the particular persua- sions and prejudices of men, and they must be substantially true, if there is any truth or harmony in the general scheme of God's universe. For a man, therefore, to doubt the truth of the Bible upon this subject, is to cast suspicion, not upon the teachings of revelation merely, but upon the teach- ings of nature ; for it is to say that here is a being, possessed of the most marked and decided indica- tions of a future existence, while yet there may be nothing at all in the future which can meet or cor- respond with them. We take our stand then upon the ground of the Bible, "There is a life which is to come." The statement accords with the workings of the human mind, with the analogies of things, as we see them around us, and with the general constitution of nature. The skeptic may put on his incredulous smile, but we can retort upon him as a being who in his unbelief is resisting the clearest and most 196 THE LIFE TO COME. conclusive evidence, contradicting the analogies of things, and disputing truths which are interwoven in the entire system of God's creation. II. This point settled, the certainty of " the life which is to come" being established, what are to be its characteristics, what the elements which shall go to compose it ? The importance of the question takes away all possibility of evading it. The fact, that I am to be, forced home as a reality upon my mind, shuts me up, irresistibly to the in- quiry, " What am I to be V where am I to be is a comparatively trifling question — one which in view of the other is not worth a thought. We go then directly to the source of knowledge for light upon this point — and here I need not dwell upon the very obvious and familiar truth with which every reader of his Bible is acquainted, and which he perfectly understands, that " the life which now is," is a scene of probation, and " the life which is to come," is to be a scene of retribution. The present is a world of doing, the future is to be a world of recompenses. It is only for the sake of completeness in my exhibition, that I quote in sup- port of an opinion so fully comprehended, such proof texts as these : " If thou sayest, Behold, we knew it not ; doth not he that pondereth the heart consider it ? and he that keepeth the soul, doth not he know it ? and shall he not render to every man according to his works ?" " Say ye to the righteous that it shall be well with him, for they shall eat the fruit of their doings. Wo unto the wicked, it shall be ill with him, for the reward of THE LIFE TO COME. 197 his hands shall be given him." " And, behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me, to give to every man according as his work shall be." Besides these general declarations as to the retributive character of the future economy, there are not wanting intimations clear and decisive upon the sacred page that the future is to be but the full development, in different circumstances, and in a different form of life, of the present. The sym- bols used in the Scriptures, and the analogies they adopt to illustrate and throw light upon the sub- ject, all show that " the life which is," is to give shape, and form, and impart its elements to " the life which is to come." According as we are we shall be ; according as we feel now we shall feel hereafter ; and our experience and recompences in the future shall perfectly correspond in nature and degree with our actions in the present ; " for what- soever a man soweth, that shall he also reap ; he that soweth to the flesh shall of the flesh reap cor- ruption ; but he that soweth to the spirit shall of the spirit reap life everlasting." Precisely as in agriculture, the grain which is harvested answers in kind and quantity to the seed sown, so in spiritual things futurities are to answer to present actions. There are two ideas upon this subject which per- vade all the teachings of revelation. One is that hereafter we are to be the same beings we are now. I do not mean the same physically, but the same morally ; I mean that we have now, within us, daily and hourly developing itself the germ of our eternal, moral consciousness. Whatever change 198 THE LIFE TO COME. may take place in us when all that is merely acci- dental shall have fallen off, when all merely ani- mal sensations shall have disappeared, when our present views of things shall have given place to knowledge derived more directly from its sources, there will he no change in those emotions, tastes, and moral dispositions which go to make up the very core of our being. The sentiments and affec- tions which have now settled down upon the mind, and which constitute character, will remain, making us feel that we are precisely the same we always were. Thus the future will be the on-going of the present. Whatever passion sways us now will sway us hereafter. The same feeling toward God and his requirements which now determines our character as his friends or his enemies, will be car- ried out hereafter, and be seen and felt in its bold, and prominent, and unveiled supremacy. If we love God now, we shall love him then ; if we hate him now we shall hate him then. Whatever changes may be affected by a transition from one state of being to another, none of them will touch the great elements of our moral nature. Now, so far as analogy sheds any light upon this point, its teachings are in precise accordance with the revelation of the Bible. We all know that there is a certain illusion attaching itself to every- thing future and untried. When we look forward to some great change in our outward condition, we are apt to suppose, that though we may personally remain the same, there will be a great and essential alteration in our modes of feeling, habits of thought. THE LIFE TO COME. 199 tastes, and sentiments. Take, for example, boy- hood's anticipations of manhood, or the anticipations of manhood respecting declining years ; and yet, as we have reached these different stages of our exist- ence, we have discovered the illusion ; our modes of life, our relations, all our outward circumstances have been changed, but our moral consciousness is the same ; the passion which prompted us before prompts us still ; the appetite which swayed us be- fore sways us still ; the characteristics of manhood are the characteristics of our boyish days, brought out more distinctly ; and old age, in this respect, is but manhood developed ; and analogy and Scrip- ture unite in showing us a great principle of con- tinuity running between the present and the future, in declaring that the law which binds the different stages of human life into one and the same earthly existence, binds " the life which now is" and " the life which is to come" in one continuous, unchang- ing, uninterrupted being. But while we are dwelling upon this moral same- ness between the present and the future, let it be remembered that we are speaking of a sameness of character, not of degree. We draw from the teaching of the Bible that hereafter there will be a greater fixedness of sentiments, a fuller expansion of the moral powers, and a more intense action and excitement of the passions. We are all aware now, that our principles act themselves out as our sphere enlarges ; feeling becomes deeper and stronger as our capabilities of endurance increase. The child, the youth, would be paralyzed and crushed by the 200 THE LIFE TO COME. intense thought and emotion easily sustained by riper years ; while, at the same time, as we advance in life, not only are our powers of endurance stronger, but our range of action is widened. Now, we are all aware, that in " the life which now is," there is a check put upon all our emotions ; love, joy, anger, hatred, fear, cannot pass beyond a certain point of intensity. They are sometimes arrested in their rapid rising by the incidents or interests of common life ; or when this is not the case, there is a limitation put upon them by the weakness of our physical powers. When they go beyond a certain point they bring on exhaustion, which warns us of the peril of indulgence. It is with the noblest sentiments as with the most malign passions, we feel that they are thus hamp- ered and kept down ; we dare not let them move the soul as they might move it, because they would rend the system and break it into fragments. We know, moreover, that the peril of these excitements grows out of the frailty of this physical organisa- tion. And if here in this world, as man advances from the feebleness of youth to the strength of maturity, sentiment grows and passions become stronger, why may we not suppose that a in the life to come," when all the prudential considerations of this life shall cease to affect us, and the frailties and feebleness of this physical frame shall no longer hamper and fetter us, the soul may take its fill of emotion, and feeling, and passion, rise to a pitch of excitement of which in our present circum- stances we cannot form the remotest conception ? THE LIFE TO COME. 201 It is a thrilling thought to the Christian, whose great moral characteristic is the love of God, that he cannot tell what in his pure and holy emotions he shall be ; that in the intensity of them he may rise higher and higher, and be lost in God himself. It is a thought of terror to the slave of carnal desire, that whatever may be the master passion which now sways him, it will completely engross him ; and when all its present checks and hindrances shall be removed, it will hurry him away with a fury irre- sistible, and a rapidity of which the lightning's march is but a feeble symbol. Yes, " the life which is to come" will be but the full development of " the life which is." III. The foregoing is one of the scriptural ideas respecting our future state, which we find to be sustained by familiar analogies. There is another, viz. : — That while we shall be the same beings, so far as our moral consciousness is concerned, the materials of thought, the objects which shall excite the passions and determine the experience shall be the same. It is a common-sense thought that if there is to be a retributive economy, our feeling now, and our doing now, will determine its nature ; and hence there always has been an impression upon the human mind that the feelings we cherish now, and the acts we perform now, are in some way or form to be reproduced hereafter, to tell upon our experience. The joy which springs from a consciousness of right, is as truly, to a certain ex- tent, an anticipated joy, as is the pain of sin the re- sult in a great measure of apprehension. We feel 202 THE LIFE TO COME. every day that the influence of our every day actions does not terminate with themselves, and with the moment of their performance. We may for the time forget them, but we know that they must rise from the oblivion into which we throw them, and work out their results. The very idea of retribution, the declaration that every man shall eat of the fruit of his doings, and that " God will render to every man according to his work," in- volves this consideration. Hence these, our daily feelings, our daily actions, are to be the topics of thought, and the motives of feeling hereafter. The present is the great store-house of the future, wherein we are laying up the elements of our future experience. Our emotions in " the life to come," whether present or prospective, shall exist in view of the past. The remembrance of " the life which now is," will be distinct and familiar ; and memory, as it calls up each event, each feeling, each action, will, according as those feelings and actions have been agreeable to, or at variance with the will of God, administer to our joy or fill us with remorse. It is so partially in the different stages of our present existence. How do certain actions we have per- formed, follow us, and follow us continually with their influence, as though God would teach us, in the very nature he has given us, that righteousness must bring its own reward, and sin its own punish- ment. How do the follies and wickednesses of boyhood rise up and torment us in after years, and make us feel that then we were filling up sources of grief we are now called to exhaust ? And why THE LIFE TO COME. 203 should not the actions of " the life which is" rising up to distinct remembrance, when memory shall be strengthened, as well as all the other powers, for ever the sources of our highest joy, or the instruments of our deepest and most intolerable anguish, in " the life which is to come." Why not? The Bible says that such will be the case ; who can furnish an analogy to justify even the slightest doubt ? No, my brethren ; we never can get rid of the in- fluence of the present upon us, and that because we never can destroy the present. What we have done, and what we are doing, remains, and ever will remain. In the moral world, as in the physi- cal, " no motion impressed by natural causes, or by human agency, is ever obliterated." The sentiment is most clearly and strikingly presented by the author of the " Ninth Bridge water Treatise," (Bab- bage), and it bears so directly on the point before us, that you will allow me to call to it your atten- tion. I quote the sentiment from memory, without pledging the correctness of the language. " What a strange thing is this wide atmosphere we breathe. Every atom impressed with good and with ill, re- tains the motions which have been imparted to it by the will, combined and mixed in ten thousand ways, with much that is worthless and base. The air itself is a vast library, on whose pages are for ever written all that man has ever said, or ever whispered ; there, mixed with the earliest, as well as latest sorrows of mortality, stand for ever re- corded, vows unredeemed, promises unfulfilled, per- petuating the testimony to human character. If 204 THE LIFE TO COME. God stamped upon the brow of the earliest mur- derer, the visible and indelible mark of his guilt, he has also established laws by which every suc- ceeding criminal is not less irrevocably chained to the testimony of his crime, for every atom of his mortal frame, through whatever changes its several particles may migrate, will still retain, adhering to it through every combination, some movement de- rived from that very muscular effort by which the crime itself was perpetrated." And now, my brethren, if this sentiment be cor- rect, and it is in accordance with the teachings of the soundest human philosophy, if our words and actions make such permanent and indelible impressions upon this physical system to which we belong, im- pressions which will last while the system lasts ; must not the same thing be analogously true of the spiritual system, that in whatever part of God's universe we may be, we shall meet perpetually the impressions of our spiritual doings, which as seen in God's light shall awaken within us emotions of intensest joy, or of the keenest and bitterest re- morse. My subject, I find, has so expanded, that its com- pass cannot be travelled within the time I have allotted to it on the present occasion. I will here, therefore, arrest it, and without anticipating the main results which I have in view, and which here- after I may bring out, I will simply ask my hearers, in view of what I have advanced, what they think of " the life which is to come," and what kind of a life they have reason to suppose it will THE LIFE TO COME. 205 be to them ? There is not one of us who does not carry about with him the materials of its rational answer in the thoughts he entertains, the desires he cherishes, the passions he indulges ; there is not one of us who has not been busy for years, who is not busy now in making and describing his own futu- rity. Go then into your own bosom, my hearer, and ask yourself what you think of an eternity of the thoughts, the purposes, and aims which now belong to you ? What would you think of an eter- nity of the same passions which now urge you along, only excited to a burning intensity of which you can now form no conception ? What will your present course say, what will be the testimony of present influence, when every where eternally it shall be seen in the impressions it has made, and in the character and experience of those upon whom it has acted ? Well, whatever you may think of it, remember that you are standing upon the verge of a life where you will be for ever what you are now. Where you will feel towards God as you now feel towards him ; a Christian then if a Christian now ; a rebel then if a rebel now. There will be no changes. He that is holy shall be holy still ; and he that is filthy shall be filthy still; rising in holiness, or sinking in degradation for ever. Are you pre- pared for " the life which is to come V % PREPARATION FOR "THE LIFE WHICH IS TO COME," HEAVEN. " Say ye to the righteous, that it shall be well with him ; for they shall eat the fruit of their doings : Woe unto the wicked, it shall be ill with him ; for the reward of his hands shall be given him."— Isaiah iii. 10, 11. There is, according to the common apprehension of mankind, a mysterious but real and indissoluble link, binding together the present and the future. It is not an intellectual conviction, the result of any process of reasoning, but a feeling, deep-seated in the soul, originating, if we may judge from its depth and power, in a necessity of nature. It is an irrepressible, uncontrollable, governing feeling of the human mind. In fact, my brethren, we are perpetually living in the future. Our places and purposes to-day, derive their meaning from the ex- pected developments of to-morrow ; and the joys which gladden, and the sorrows which afflict us, stripped of all reference to the future, would be stripped likewise of their elevating and depressing power. That future, moreover, upon which we dwell so much, is in our apprehension, in a great mea- sure wrapped up in the present. As we are here THE LIFE TO COME. 207 to-day, we do not feel more certainly that the past has determined, while it has furnished the elements of our present consciousness, than that the present will give character to the experience of to-morrow ; in fact, throwing out of our calculation unfore- seen contingencies, and supposing that all things will go on in accordance with the regular and established laws of cause and effect, we have no other idea than that to-morrow will be in its views and feelings but the fuller develop- ment of to-day. Now, I apprehend, that the com- mon impression of the human mind relative to the certainty of a future state, is but a modification of this same feeling of which we have been speaking. The same law of our nature which binds together the successive stages of our earthly being, binds together " the life which is," and " the life which is to come." The ongoing of the human mind is not arrested by the thought of death. True, that event is seen to separate between us and the scenes which are beyond it, but it does not shut those scenes from the view. There they are, in all their reality, in all their glory, or in all their ter- ror ; and though there is a dark valley between, which shows to sense no pathway, and over which we know not how we shall travel, yet there is a feeling which cannot be reasoned down, that in some way we shall cross it, and mingle in the scenes which are beyond. This feeling, I imagine, goes still farther. It infers not only the reality of the future from the reality of the present, but the experiences of the 208 PREPARATION FOR future from the character and doings of the pre- sent. We can no more get rid of the idea of a correspondence between that which is, and that which is to be, than we can get rid of a cer- tain hereafter ; here is the commencement, there the consummation ; this is the seed time, that is the harvest ; here we have the blade, and the ear, there we shall have the full corn in the ear. Every one who carefully analyses the workings of his own mind, will discover that the power of right doing to gladden the soul does not spring more from its own intrinsic nature, than from a connection be- tween it and future results ; and crime pains, and tasks, and hardens the spirit, not simply on account of its essentially debasing influences, but also, be- cause it is felt to be connected with a certain com- ing remorse. Such are the natural feelings of man as God made him ; and every human being will feel thus when he allows nature to have free play ; and I need not say how exactly they tally with the dis- closures of revelation ; and I come this morning to set these forecastings of the human mind in the light of revelation, to give them their proper direction, and point out their appropriate use. The main thought upon which I design to insist is that suggested by my text ; viz., that righteous- ness and wickedness work out their own appro- priate results ; that the present is a world of disci- pline for the future, wherein man is preparing for the scenes in which he is to mingle ; that results are to accord with character, as the nature of the har- THE LIFE TO COME. 209 vest agrees with the seed sown, and every one's future experiences will correspond with the moral training to which he here subjects himself. We have a double picture then to present to you, as the discipline of the Christian and the course of the sinner shall be seen in connection with their respective necessary results. I. I begin with the Christian, and from the les- sons he is taught, and the discipline to which he is subjected in the school of his Master, endeavour to prefigure his destiny. The Christian life has two great characteristics. It is a life of faith ; and herein it stands distinguished from the life of uncon- verted man, which is a life of sense. It is a life of usefulness, and herein it likewise stands distin- guished from the life of unconverted man, which in the ends it contemplates is regulated by a principle of selfishness. I need hardly say to my hearers, that the essential element of all spiritual Christi- anity is confidence in God ; for " whatsoever is not of faith is sin." Human apostacy began at this very point, a distrust of the character and word of the living God, and ever since, man has walked in the ways of folly and of transgression, only as he has given himself up to the control and guidance of "an evil heart of unbelief." To bring him back to the exercise of a child-like reliance upon his Hea- venly Father is the design of the gospel ; and one great object of all God's providential dispen- sations toward his children is to develope more and more, this spirit of confidence in himself. The very first step a man takes in a Christian life is a 14 210 PREPARATION FOR step of faith, as lie renounces all self-dependence, and throws himself upon Jesus Christ in simple re- liance upon the word and testimony of God ; and as he moves on thereafter, he " walks by faith and not by sight." The circumstances in which he is placed, the trials he is called to meet, the duties he is called to discharge, compel him to look out of himself for direction ; force him to fly to the rock which is higher than himself, and to lean upon the promise of Almighty strength. It is not, indeed, without evidence that he is called to believe ; not without manifestations of kindness, which alone warrant trust. The first act of faith which belongs to a man, as he casts himself upon the promise of forgiveness in the gospel, is put forth in view of God's unspeakable love in Christ Jesus ; and day by day his confidence is strengthened by displays of goodness, seen in the present or called up from among the remembrances of the past. It is the discipline of faith to which the Christian is sub- jected in this world of trial. So likewise is he taught by his Master to look out of himself for the objects of life. The scene of the world around us is a scene where every man is describing a circle of which he himself is the centre. Self-aggrandizement is the great end of human ambition. Strip any object of its relation to some selfish desire as the means of its gratification, and to carnal man it ceases to be attractive ; but among the first lessons which a man is taught in the school of Christ, is to " look not upon his own things, but also upon the things of others." u If ye THE LIFE TO COME. 211 love them winch love you, what reward have ye ;" and " if ye do good to them who do good to you , what reward have ye," is the language of our great Teacher ; and " ye are not your own, for ye are bought with a price," are the words of one who had learned, and was exemplifying in his life the great lesson of usefulness which his Master had taught him. And here, while speaking of these great ele- ments of the Christian character, and of the nature of Christian discipline, let me observe that they are no more strongly contrasted with carnality in their nature than in the experience which accompanies them. The condition of a man who, in respect to all his plans and movements, his hopes and joys, is governed by sense, cannot, so far as this world is concerned, be compared in point of happiness with that one who walks by faith. Both must have their trials, in view of those developments of Pro- vidence which neither sense nor reason can ex- plain ; but the one has resources to which the other is entirely a stranger. The man of sight is not only lost amid the dark intricacies of things, but he has the superadded torment arising from his inability to unravel or enlighten them ; while the man of faith can fall back upon the assurances of him who cannot lie, and stay himself upon God, under the conviction that he " doeth all things well." Hence it is, that amid those dark scenes of our earthly history, where the carnal spirit is completely borne down and overwhelmed, there is a wonderful elas- ticity about the mind under the influence of faith ; and when the former is most distressed, the joys of 212 PREPARATION FOR the latter do most abound. In fact, so far as the experience of the mind itself is concerned, there is no true happiness in many cases which does not spring from confidence in God. So, likewise, a life of passionate gratification is not to be compared with a life of active benevolence. God has so constituted our nature, that a man cannot be happy unless he is, or thinks he is, a means of good. Judging from our own experience, we cannot conceive of a picture of more unutterable wretched- ness than is furnished by one who knows that he is wholly useless in the world. Give a man what you please, surround him with all the means of gratifi- cation, and yet let the conviction come home to him clear and irresistible that there is not a being in God's universe a whit the better or happier for his existence ; let him feel that he is thus a blot upon, because a blank in the universe, and the uni- verse will not furnish a more unhappy being. Herein lies the solution of that to many inexplica- ble fact, that the schemes of mere selfishness, how- ever wisely laid, however energetically and success- fully prosecuted, never add to the joys, but always to the pains of those who originate and are engaged in them. It is not so with a man of opposite cha- racteristics. Take from him what you please, and you do not take from him the elements of his joy, if you leave him the conviction that in any way he is useful. If you contract the circle, and diminish the sphere of his influence, you detract from his joy only as you detract from his means of doing good. And as we cannot conceive of a more THE LIFE TO COME. 213 wretched being than one who feels himself to be the slave of an uncontrolled selfishness, so we can- not conceive of a happier being than a man of truly benevolent heart, whose wishes describe the circle and bound the sphere of his influence, and whose means are ample to give those wishes a full expres- sion. The disciple of Christ, then, is one who in this world is disciplined in the school of his master to a life of faith and usefulness. Let us look forward, then, and anticipate the future, and ascertain, if possible, what kind of life is that for which such a discipline will prepare one, or what must be the experiences of one thus trained, amid the circum- stances which are to define his deathless being. It is not assuming too much here to say, that the correctness of many of our views of " the life which is to come," is questionable ; and even where our views are correct, generally speaking, they are very vague. If we were now to sit down, I mean those of us who have thought most upon this subject, and analyze our ideas, I think we should be surprised at the indistinctness of our own con- ceptions, and even suspect the correctness of those which are perfectly clear. That coming world will be a very different world from this. Upon that point we are satisfied ; but wherein will the difference consist ? is the question which is to test the clearness and correctness of our views. 80 far as heaven is concerned, it is very easy to say, that there will be no sin there, and of course 214 PREPARATION FOR there will be no pain there, and no death there. Very true ; but by these negative assertions we are not advanced one step in our inquiry. We have learned what " the life to come" is not, but we wish to know what it is. And when we come to this point, the very first distinction we are apt to make between the present and the future is, that while this world is a world of faith, that will be a world of sight; and the second is, while this world is a world of action and toil, that will be a world of rest and repose ; and many a one is apt to think, that if we are wrong here, if it is not to be so, that when we enter upon another world, everything in the shape of mystery shall be gone ; if then, and there, we shall not see all things clearly, in the light in which God sees them, with a kind of intuitive perception ; if, moreover, heaven is to be a scene of ongoing ac- tivity, of ceaseless, restless effort, it would be strip- ped of its main attractions to beings who like ourselves, groping amid the mysteries of God's dis- pensations, and wearied by the greatness of their way, are awaiting, in hope, the full revelation of all mysteries, and " the rest which remaineth for the people of God." Yet, notwithstanding, we are constrained to think, that for our conception here of heaven, as a world of sight, we are more indebted to the Chris- tian poet, who, as he describes the Christian's hope, speaks of it as a world, " Where faith is sweetly lost in sight," THE LIFE TO COME. 215 than we are to any thing we find upon the sacred page, or any thing we learn even from the analogies of things. In reality, if we look distinctly at this conception, we shall find that it is very hastily assumed, and never can be made good, because it contradicts all the analogies with which we are familiar, and seems to involve an impossibility. If the enjoyments of the coming world are an end, and the dispensations of Providence towards us here are means, if in God's arrangements the wide universe through, there is always a strict corres- pondence between means and ends, then is this world to us a mystery, if the discipline of faith to which we here are subject, is not designed for its higher exercise, in that other world into which we expect to be introduced. If the training of the present life has, as is undoubtedly the fact, a refer- ence to u the life which is to come," such a refer- ence, that it may be justly looked upon as a course of education for the future, if indeed the two states of being are so alike that the essential elements of the one may be said to be wrapped up in the other, we say that futurity, whatever it may be in other respects, must be a scene where the qualities and habits to which we have been trained here, shall be called into exercise and even set to work more intensely than ever. We cannot believe it any part of God's arrangements to allow the fruits of a long and painful culture to fall to the earth and perish, at the moment of their ripening. Analogy then, if nothing else, teaches us that the future will be a world of faith as well as the present. 216 PREPARATION FOR But further. We speak of God as the unsearch- able God ; one, whose movements, because they are constructed on a scale commensurate with his own infinite perfections, must to us be inscrutable ; whose steps must be in the dark, and whose name must be " mystery ;" hence the necessity of faith to such creatures as we are, grows out of the limited nature of our powers. As our minds cannot take in God's designs in their manifold relations, our reason is incompetent to explain his movements in their varied bearings, the only resource left to us, is implicit, submissive faith; we must lean upon this faith, or be unutterably wretched. And will the disparity between the finite and the infinite ever be any less than it now is ? Grant what you please as to the certain advancement of the human mind in knowledge, and goodness, and power, it must always stand at a measureless remove from the infinite, uncreated, and boundless Spirit upon whom it will be eternally dependent. There are other beings, in higher and purer spheres, far more enlarged than ourselves in their views, with nobler powers, and grander capacities ; and we may reach their position, we may even far outstrip them, but the interval between the Creator and the creature will not be sensibly lessened by this wondrous, this mighty advancement. God will always be the Unsearchable, because he will always be the Infin- ite God. Never, never, can the creature measure or grasp his character. Never, never, can he be at peace, reach what point he may, be the subject of any, however great mental enlargement, any other- THE LIEE TO COME. 217 wise, than as lie rests in God with a spirit of sim- ple, childlike confidence. And if we never can fully comprehend God's attributes, so likewise we never can fully compre- hend his doings in which those attributes are embodied. Even now there are things which God has already done, " mysteries of godliness," into which angels " who excel in might" are prying with eager curiosity, as presenting to their minds themes which they must study attentively, because they have not yet divined their meaning ; and we believe there will yet be, in the progress of God's great and glorious administration of the universe, developments of his nature in his doings which will open an abyss into which the most exalted mind will scarcely dare to look, but from the edge of which he will shrink back to find his peace in the exercise of simple confidence in the infinite one. Do not, my brethren, misunderstand me here. I do not mean to convey the idea that we shall never know any thing more of God, or of his do- ings, with their reasons and ends, than we know now. Far from it. Pitiable, indeed, would be the prospect, if we were never to be extricated from the difficulties which now hamper us, if we were never to understand any more of the dispensations which now try us. God himself has pointed to our hope a very different prospect from this ; he has told us that " the vision is but for an appointed time, in the end it will speak and not lie ; if it tarry, wait for it;" and the Master has said, 218 PKEPAKATION FOE " what I do thou knowest not now, but thou shalt know hereafter." There is a day coming of divine manifestation, when God shall make things plain, as he justifies his doings by unfolding their reasons. But you will observe, that this day of divine manifestation is to bring under review only the doings and the trials of the past, and by no means involves the idea that the entire scheme of God's dispensations, for all time to come, shall be spread out as on a map before us. No such sen- timent is taught either directly or indirectly upon the sacred page, nor can it be inferred from any of the disclosures which are here made to us. I doubt not, that hereafter, we shall see clearly the way by which God has led us ; and every dispensation of his Providence toward us, which at the time tried our spirits, and severely taxed our faith because it was inexplicable, shall be fully explained, and be- come a source of thankfulness and joy, as its wis- dom and goodness become apparent, in view of the end of which it was the necessary means. I doubt not, moreover, that our views of divine truth shall become more enlarged and distinct, and the diffi- culties which now embarrass us when we attempt to grasp and master many of "the deep things of God," shall entirely vanish when we come to look at them, in the new light which God shall pour upon them ; and perhaps we shall be surprised at the simplicity of the points which now disturb and even stagger us. But we are greatly mistaken if we suppose that nothing will remain to exercise our faith in God. As the traveller who in his journey THE LIFE TO COME. 219 reaches one eminence which commands the road over which he has travelled, sees yet another eminence before him, so we believe it will be with us, when the present trials of our faith are over. We shall be ushered into other scenes, where we shall likewise need a spirit of trustful reliance, and thus the vast hereafter which stretches itself out before us, will be a world which in its successive developments, shall call us to live by faith, and its experience shall be the peace, and joy, and hope of an ever exercised and ever strengthening confi- dence in the Father of our spirits. In throwing out these views, while we do not imagine for a moment, that there will be connected with the exercise of our faith hereafter, as is now the case, any apprehension of loss or sorrow of any kind, which now, in fact, gives to the trials of our confidence all their painfulness ; we have reason to believe that the evidence of the wisdom and goodness and love of God which now warrants our faith will be unfolded to us in grander and more glorious discoveries, to correspond with the higher- exercise of faith to which we shall be called. The light which seen upon one eminence of our journey charms us up its ascent, will seem brighter and more charming as seen upon the eminence beyond. The testimonies to the character of our heavenly Father in view of which now we trust him, will increase in number and power, and inspire us with all the confidence which our joy requires in the new scenes upon which we shall be ushered. In the present life, we find that the difficulties of youth prepare 220 PREPARATION FOR us for the sterner difficulties of manhood, and the labours of manhood for the anxieties of age, and a well spent life grows happier and happier even unto the end. We find too that the Christian who walks by faith as he moves amid the perplexities and trials of time, grows not only in the strength of his confidence but in the spiritual joys which are inseparable from its exercise ; so when we reach " the world which is to come," we shall find that the discipline of " the world which is," has prepared us for its scenes, its duties, and its joys, and every successive stage of that coming existence will be one of increasing confidence, and increasing hap- piness. Then, moreover, is the other view of the nature of the discipline to which God is subjecting us upon earth to be added to this one. In the school of Christ we are trained to habits of active usefulness, which give expression to that benevolent spirit which religion inspires ; and if this is so there must be something hereafter to correspond with this discipline as its necessary and appropriate re- sult. I do not know that any one intelligently entertains the sentiment, but there is a very undefined feeling in many minds that when the human spirit reaches the eternal world there will remain nothing for it to do. To the sanc- tified it is a world of rest, the happiness of which will consist in pleasing and grateful re- collections, in adoring admiration, in songs of praise. It will unquestionably be a world of rest, but not a world of inert repose. The rest of the THE LIFE TO COME. 221 human spirit is not inaction, but right action. The most restless being in God's universe, is he who has no end appropriate to his powers in view of which to work. The transition from the present to. the future, is not to be a destruction, or alteration, but only a full development of the powers of our na- tures ; and if here action and usefulness are essential to happiness, there can be no happiness eternal, separate from eternal usefulness. The government of God is carried on, and his purposes are executed, as we learn from the inspired oracles, and from the teachings of Providence, by intermediate and in- strumental agencies. Men are his instruments, " angels are ministering spirits ;" and who can doubt, my brethren, that God, in calling us here to be co-workers with himself in carrying out his de- signs, in giving us our spheres of duty and useful- ness, in throwing upon us responsibilities which our own peace of mind requires us to meet and dis- charge, is preparing us for the higher position we shall be called to occupy, and the nobler, grander parts we shall be called to act in his coming king- dom. It is a hard and rugged path, which man is sometimes called to tread in early life — painful and toilsome are his acquisitions of knowledge, severe the discipline to which he must subject his active and ambitious mind, but the mysteries of God's providence towards him are all explained, when in after life you see him towering high above his fellows, describing a wide circle of influence, and wielding a mighty power. He had never been fitted for his place, never had reached his eminence, 222 PREPARATION FOR but for his previous discipline and toil ; and for the most part the men who take the lead in life, who give shape to earthly movements, and direction to the current of human things, are men who have been schooled in scenes of difficulty, and whose upward and onward strugglings, as they have de- veloped the powers of their minds, have prepared them for the relations they sustain, and rightly to use the influence they have gained. And do you not suppose that God has something for us to do hereafter, and that by calling us to duty now, he is training us for usefulness then ? Verily do we believe that there will be posts in that upper world to which nothing but a previous life of usefulness will fit one. Verily do we believe that there will be services demanded there, which will utterly baffle the skill, as they will surpass the capacities of those who have never been trained to service here. Every man will there have his place and his sphere, but it will be the place or the sphere for which his previous course has fitted him ; and so surely as " every man is to be rewarded accord- ing to his works," so surely as " one star differeth from another star in glory," so surely in that future world there will be elevated positions, which are to be reached only by those who have already learned to soar high, and wonderful advantages, which shall belong only to those who have here been taught how to reap them. There is something, moreover, in the nature of goodness, in its expansive tendency, which seems to demand a sphere for its developement. Some there THE LIFE TO COME. 223 are, even in this world, who feel that life has its joys only as it has its duties ; and they would as soon cease to live as cease to be useful ; and this spirit the gospel has implanted in the hearts of all its subjects. Goodness, benevolence, is the essential element of the Christian life. It may be only like the blade springing out of the ground, but it grows by culture, and if God's arrangements are carried out, there will be as certainly " the ear," and " the full corn in the ear ;" and oh ! what kind of a world would that be, so far as happiness is con- cerned, where there would be no field of usefulness, which would afford no room for the outgoing and expansion of this benevolent spirit ? Just as cer- tainly as that yearning after immortality which God has incorporated among the elements of our nature, demands an immortality to meet it, does that benevolence which the Spirit of God has implanted in every Christian heart, demand that there shall be an immortality of usefulness, in order to an immortality of happiness. At this point, my brethren, I must again crave your indulgence. I cannot compass my whole de- sign in this discourse. I have yet the other side of the picture to present to you before I have finished my general view of " the life which is to come ;" but upon the strength of what I have thus far ad- vanced, I may ask my hearers if the thoughts I have thrown out, do not cast an entirely new and exceeding interesting light upon " the life which now is." There is a very common feeling, I am persuaded, that it would be better that a Christian 224 PREPARATION FOR man should be at once translated to heaven, than that he should be left, if I may so speak, to work his way there through a world of trial and sorrow, of difficulty and toil. It would not, indeed, be better for the world, because it would remove all its light and take away all its salt. Neither would it be better for a man, so far as his earthly interests and relations are concerned. In this respect, the Chris- tian has as strong reasons for life as any other man ; but so far as regards his spiritual relations and future rewards, it would be better for himself personally that he should be taken to heaven the moment heaven is sure. But there is a sad misconception here. The Bible tells us that " it is good for a man to wait for the salvation of God." It tells us that the trials which beset us here " work out for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory ;" and they do so, by training us to bear it. We wonder that God calls men to such severe trials of their faith. But why is it but to prepare them for the higher and nobler exercises of faith to which they shall be called hereafter, and to which they would be wholly incompetent, but for their previous discipline in a school of affliction. Here }^ou see what trials mean. Each one of them prepares us for a still higher spot and for a richer crown. And every one of us shall find hereafter, that God did not tax us too often or too severely. Every lesson which we learn here, every lesson of confidence and submission, shall come into full play and do its part in fitting us for our work and ad- ministering to our joy. We shall then see that not THE LITE TO COME. 225 one of them could have been spared without pro- portionally detracting from our portion. We may dejDend upon it, if God means to raise us to honor and nobility hereafter, he will prepare us for our reward now ; and then " the trial of our faith shall be found unto praise, and honor, and glory." So too with regard to those scenes of active use- fulness in which we are placed, and the duties we are called to discharge. They are none too many ; in view of " the life which is to come," I had almost said that Grod cannot put upon us too many, or too weighty responsibilities. The more we do, the brighter does our reward sparkle with the splen- dours of eternity. Every duty we faithfully dis- charge does but put another plume in our angel's wing, another jewel in our seraph's crown. Every effort we make, every responsibility we meet, every act of goodness we perform, does but fix our place the higher in the scale of majesty and triumph. In view of that reward which shall be according to every man's works, we have none too much of labour, none too much of toil ; our future recom- pense requires it all. Oh ! let us not, my brethren, shun duties, however painful and self-sacrificing they may be ; let us not shut ourselves out from, or seek to avoid spheres of usefulness in the world. If we do we shall find that by our short-sighted calculations we have missed noble and glorious things, and have failed to reach some high point in the kingdom which we might have occupied. We may make the discovery when it is too late. If we are Christians we shall make it, if not before, in our 15 226 THE LIFE TO COME. dying hour. When we come to stand on the top of some Pisgah which overlooks the past, as well as the future, then lost opportunities of usefulness will be seen as so much taken from our coming joy ; and in that moment, while the firmament is "bright with the dawning of heaven, and the music of the spheres is already heard, while the spirit is pluming its wing for its flight, if there shall be a wish to put a check upon it, and rebuke its eager- ness to be gone, it will be a wish not concerning earthly things or earthly friends, but it will be a wish to live a little longer, that we might labour a little more for Christ and for good in this world. Let us be instructed by these thoughts : " Walk ye by faith, and not by sight." Be steadfast, immov- able, always abounding in the work of the Lord ; for as much as ye know that your labour is not in vain in the Lord." «i THE DAY OF GRACE. " And when he was come near, he beheld the city and wept over it, saying, if thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace ! but now, they are hid from thine eyes." — St. Luke xix. 41, 42. The scene, my brethren, which the language of the text pourtrays, is not more touching, than are the principles which it involves, important. We behold the Son of God in tears. The fact derives its peculiar interest from the circumstances in which he was placed, and the influences which seem to have unmanned him. It would not have been at all surprising had the " man of sorrows and ac- quainted with grief," been thus deeply affected in view of "the hour and power of darkness," the garden and the cross, which were just before him ; but however he may have felt at times' in reference to his coming and distinctly apprehended trials, they were not now sorrows of a private or per- sonal nature which stirred his strong emotions and compelled his tears. He is, at the present time, in the midst of his greatest earthly triumphs ; about to make his public entry into Jerusalem, surrounded by an admiring multitude, and heralded by thou- 228 THE DAT OF GEACE. sands, who shout " Hosanna to the Son of David." Ho has reached the brow of Mount Olivet, and be- neath him lies spread out in all its extent and mag- nificence, the city he was approaching ; and as his eye rested upon Jerusalem, he thought of it as the scene of his public ministrations and his most splen- did miracles, as the city whose inhabitants he had so often taught, so faithfully warned, so marvellously blessed; and yet, Jerusalem, uninstructed, unre- claimed, unmoved, and now abandoned of Him whose hand lingers ere it takes hold on judgment, to the withering curse of slighted mercy and abused long suffering, which was about to descend upon it. Here you have the reason of the Redeemer's tears. We may not be able to present a correct ana- lysis of our Saviour's state of mind which here finds expression; and yet the language which he uses indicates one thought as serving to give to his feel- ings of grief peculiar poignancy. The catastrophe which he bewailed might have been averted. They were not unavoidable evils and necessary calamities which awaited that devoted city, but such as were traceable to their source in the folly and guilty in- fatuation of its inhabitants. Its condition, as now doomed, was the more melancholy, because Jeru- salem might have been saved. Now, I take it that we have in this language of Jesus Christ a general principle of deep interest and importance to ourselves. However widely in some respects our circumstances may differ from those of the ancient Jews, yet so far as our rela- THE DAY OF GEACE. 229 tions to tli3 gospel of Christ are concerned, what was true of thern is true of us. As subjects of this gospel, we stand upon the same platform, have the same means of spiritual good, move under the same influences, and must in our character, our position, and. the results of our course, illustrate the same general principles. Taking all this for granted, and we do not for a moment suppose that it will be called in question by any of our hearers, we start the ques- tion, — what is my position, what is your position, what is the position of every man under the gospel of Jesus Christ in reference to the salvation of the soul ? That is the question with which we have to do to-day. A question big with interest, and one which can hardly fail to arrest and rivet the attention of every one who believes that he has a soul which must be lost or saved. In attempting to answer this question, allow me to advert again to the thought which has been sug- gested as that which gave pungency to the Saviour's grief while he wept over Jerusalem, — the now cer- tain and dreadful catastrophe might have been pre- vented. Upon no other ground than this, can the language which Christ uttered be justified to any rational mind; for the sorrow which it expresses regards not simply the event itself, but the event as resulting from human folly and infatuation. Study it carefully, and see if you can find any mean- ing in the language, or any evidence of sincerity in the feeling to which it gives utterance, but upon the supposition that there had been a time when these inhabitants of Jerusalem might have known 230 THE DAY OF GKACE. the things which belonged to their peace, and when by knowing them they might have averted their coming doom. ~Now for my doctrine. Every man brought under the influence of the gospel has a time of probation and hope ; a day of grace. This naked proposition which I thus lay down, will not, I pre- sume, be questioned, though some there are who will give to it an interpretation which will strip it of all its power and life. I mean by a day of pro- bation and of grace something more than an arrest of threatened punishment, something more than an hour of respite. I mean a definite season, during which every man who enjoys it has an opportunity for securing everlasting life. We may look upon a day of grace as a means, connected with the salva- tion of the soul as its end. To preach to a man " Jesus Christ, and him crucified," to set before him the plan of salvation through atoning blood, to throw the light of truth upon his pathway, to press him with the invitations and warnings of the gos- pel, to send home its varied and powerful appeals to his heart, and yet to intimate that these multi- form influences and instrumentalities do not con- template his spiritual good, and sustain no relation to the object at which they professedly aim, is lit- tle else than trifling with human sorrows, and sporting with human helplessness ; other and higher and nobler views do I take of the gospel of the grace of God. I could not preach it did I not be- lieve that they who enjoy its light, and are subject to its influences, are prisoners of hope ; did I not THE DAY OF GEACE. 231 believe that there is a connection between its pri- vileges and a final redemption from the cnrse. I could not come and lay the offer of eternal life before you, my brethren, and press it upon your acceptance by the urgency of eternal motives, did I not believe that it was meant for you, and that you might embrace it and be saved. Perish for ever the thought which would thus limit the grace of God, or contract the circle of its wondrous mani- festations. The provisions of the gospel are in fullness and extent all that human wants can ask. The message, " whosoever will may come and take of the water of life freely," is the standard by which to guage the dimensions of the love of God ; and wherever there is one to whom I may preach the gospel, there is one to whom I may say, " you may be saved." Such a view of the gospel and of the relations of men as its subjects, throws a new aspect over the world in which we live ; if my statement is in accordance with truth, then is this world not a scene of unmixed corruption, hopeless death and irretrievable ruin ; then is this day of grace some- thing more than a mere reprieve or arrest of judg- ment. It is a world of probation and of hope ; these horns which we are now spending, and these scenes through which we are now passing, are hours and scenes full of delightful, and elevating, and sanctifying influences ; the spot where God has fixed our habitation, is the spot upon which the cross has been erected, whence mercy speaks, and through which God is ready to dispense his bless- 232 THE DAY OF GKACE. ings " far as tlie curse is found." Oh, that men did but " know the joyful sound," that they " un- derstood in this their day, the things which belong unto their peace !" Another remark may be proper at this point, to prevent a misconception of the doctrine which I have laid down. When, then, in delivering the message of the gospel, I say to a man, that he may be saved, I do not intend to convey the idea that there are no difficulties in the way of his conver- sion, no hindrances to his salvation. I mean sim- ply, that all outward hindrances, growing out of his past sinfulness, and out of the claims of God's violated commandments, over which, from the very nature of the case, he could have no control, be- cause he cannot live over, or redeem, or atone for the past, are entirely removed. Nothing of this kind intervenes between him and the attainment of everlasting life. The glory of God, as a reconcil- ing God ; the secret of his mighty power, as re- vealed in the gospel, over the human conscience and the human heart, is found in this, that he has taken it upon himself, and succeeded at an amazing cost, in his plan to remove every obstacle on the part of God's government, leaving nothing to in- tervene between a man and his salvation, but what derives its preventive influence from the state of his own heart. Therefore do we say to a man that he may be saved, because every obstacle of an out- ward character insuperable by man has been re- moved, and because the influences connected with the gospel, which are brought to bear upon him, THE DAY OF GEACE. 233 are in their own nature recovering influences. If this is so, then, two positions are reached ; the one is, that before man, under the gospel, a door of hope is opened ; the other is, that no one can close that door but hims3lf. He may be saved ; if he should be lost, it will be because he did not know, in his day of grace, " the things which belonged to his peace." Guided by this, the main thought, as I appre- hend, of my text, when I come to my hearers with the messages of eternal truth, I say to them gene- rally, " this is your day of grace." It is so, because you are the subjects of that gospel which with its privileges and offers has appeared unto all men. The means of grace which God has appointed seem in their enjoyment necessarily to involve the oppor- tunity for securing eternal life. The Sabbath sun which shines upon us, and lights our way to the house of God, by means of its interesting associations with the cross, points our thoughts to the wondrous work of redeeming love as the ground of our hope and the source of sanctifying influence. The messages of mercy which are ad- dressed to us, bringing our minds as they do into contact with questions of privilege and duty, seem to open to us the door of life, as they demonstrate God's readiness to save. Providence, too, subordi- nating all its movements to the cross as the instru- mentalities of its designs, arranges a man's circum- stances and fixes his changes and allotments with a view of giving efficacy to the truth. From the moment when we first listened to the tale of a 234 THE DAY OF GEAOE. Saviour's love, to the present hour, have we "been moving amid such associations, and under such in- fluences. There is not one of us without a hope in Christ, whose career, whether it has been long or short, must not be essentially varied from that of the vast majority of his fellows, if, as he looks back from his present position over the scenes through which he has passed, he cannot discover many op- portunities of which he might have availed himself, and which might have been turned to account in effecting a great change in his circumstances and relations ; seasons during which, had he rightly esti- mated and improved them, he might have become a subject of the kingdom of Christ. Thus, when speaking in general terms, we say that " life is man's day of grace and hope ;" because while life lasts he is cheered by the Sabbath sun, instructed by the teachings of the gospel, and plied by the varied means of conversion. " Life is the day of grace," because now the calls of mercy fall upon the ear, and the life-giving and sanctifying Spirit moves over the human soul ; and God is near to each one of us, and may be found of those who " search for him with all their heart." Need I add that this is man's only day ; once past, and the shades of evening gathered over him, it never more returns; once past, the gates of that everlasting kingdom are for ever closed, and the invitations of truth and the whispers of the Spirit are hushed in the silence of an eternal night. What human mind can calculate the amazing change which a month, a day, an hour may make in all a man's spiritual THE DAY OF GEACE. 235 circumstances and relations? Now we look at him — he is in a world of light ; he is a prisoner of hope ; the message of a reconciling God falls upon his ear, the power of a recovering spirit moves over his heart ; there is the mercy-seat to which he may lift up his prayer, and there the advocate within the vail. We look again, and he is not ; the curtain has fallen, the scene to him is changed, and where he dwells, " In that lone land of deep despair, No Sabbath's heavenly light shall rise ; No God regard his bitter prayer, Nor Saviour call him to the skies." This general position admitted, and a believer in this written testimony of God will not dispute it, what a withering reflection it casts upon a ca- reer of worldliness and spiritual unconcern. I need not say any thing about the uncertainty which at- taches to this probationary scene ; at the longest it is short, in circumstances of the greatest security it is doubtful. The thousands who are falling around us, the seeds of disease, the workings of death, of which we are conscious, what are these but the daily, hourly remembrances of the cer- tainty and rapidity of our flight away from this land of promise and of hope : which, as they force themselves upon our minds, compel our sympathy with the spirit which sung, " Great God ! on what a slender thread Hang everlasting things ; The eternal states of all the dead, Upon life's feeble strings !" 236 THE DAY OF GKACE. And if upon these few days, fleeting as the morning cloud, and evanescent as the early dew, hang the interests of these deathless spirits, what is the man, thoughtless and unconcerned about his spiritual welfare, doing, but burning out the lamp of life, and spending his only day of mercy, and of hope, upon the pleasures and follies of a world fleeting as himself ? What is spiritual indifference but a downright robbery of the soul ? nay more, but draining the very life-blood of the human spirit, to gratify the desires of the flesh and of the mind ? I would ask the man buried in the present, and forgetful of, and wholly unprepared for the future, to pause a moment, and ponder the path of his feet, and tell me whether he honestly thinks that his course is in keeping with his circum- stances ? Admitting the uncertainty of probation, is he not rapidly pushing on to a spiritual bank- ruptcy ; and while he cannot but acknowledge that this Sabbath's sun is lighting his pathway to the grave, what is he doing but spending what may be the last cent of his spiritual property, and intelli- gently wasting upon the vanities of earth, the hour which may push him amid the untried and unpro- vided for realities of another world. Surely he knows not, in this his day, the things which belong unto his peace. The appeal which my subject makes to the con- science, the hopes, and the fears of man, is regu- lated as to its power very much by circumstances. True, it is invested with interest to any man, wherever he may be, and in whatever circuni- THE DAY OF GRACE. 237 stances he may be placed. Confessedly, is the folly amazing of any man, who, without a hope in Christ, treads his pathway carelessly to the grave. Yet there are circumstances in which the appeal is peculiarly strong, because the light in which its grounds are presented, is peculiarly vivid. There are seasons in every man's history strictly charac- terized by a suitableness to a religious change, and when Providence seems in an especial man- ner to force upon his attention the things which belong to his peace. There are crises in men's lives, when God is very near unto them, and hope and eternal life are very near them. If we could point to a human being whom in a particular and pointed manner, God seemed to be addressing, whom he had selected from those around him, as a subject of his special solicitude, upon whose mind the unfriendly influences of the world had less than their wonted power, to whom the invitations and warnings of the gospel were particularly directed, one, in short, who by reason of his outward circum- stances, his mental susceptibility, and his real feel- ings, was occupying an attitude exceedingly favora- ble to his conversion to God, we should look upon him with wondrous interest, as one who, in an em- phatic sense, was enjoying a day of grace. How wonderful to him would be the associations amid which he moved. How much of peace or sorrow, hope or despair, life or death, would be dependent upon his movements, in the circumstances which Providence had so kindly arranged for him. If in 238 THE DAY OP GRACE, any man it is folly, in him it would be madness not to know the things which belong to his peace. We are very apt, my brethren, to look abroad and endeavour to define the character of others, and determine the relative advantages and disad- vantages of the positions which other men occupy. I would that we might come home to day, and ask ourselves if there are none here, who, in their feel- ings and circumstances, meet the supposition which we have just been making ? I acknowledge, that in these remarks my mind turns with a very deep and affectionate interest to those of my hearers who are in the spring-time of life. To them would I for a moment address myself, and to their hearts would I minister the appeal which my sub- ject furnishes. You, my youthful hearers, are now spending the best and brightest part of your day of grace. I do not intend, in any of the remarks which I am about to utter, to limit the operations of the grace of God, or intimate that the day of grace terminates with any particular year of human life. God forbid that we should, as the Bible has not, shut out the aged unbeliever from hope. It is never out of place ; it is never too late, while the eye, though dim, yet sees, and the pulse, though feeble, yet beats, not though the winter of life be at its depth, and the sun be touching the horizon, to say, " now is the accepted time" — but it does seem to be implied in the whole strain of inspired teaching, that repentance deferred, if not impossi- ble, is doubtful. There is a peculiarity about the messages of THE DAY OF GEACE. 239 truth, which give them a special emphasis to the youthful mind, in that while they are addressed indiscriminately to all men, they apply them par- ticularly to the young. The man of middle life, and the man of riper years, is never selected in the word of God as the subject to whom it presents a specific invitation, or to whom it holds out a specific promise. There is a meaning and a point which cannot well be overlooked, in the ex- hortation, " Eemember now thy Creator in the days of thy youth," and a richness unspeakably precious in the promise, " They that seek me early shall find me." This much, certainly, we may infer from the statements of the inspired oracles, that God looks upon the young with peculiar interest, and his Spirit strives with them in a peculiar manner. In the spring time of life is man the special object of divine in- struction, divine expostulation, and divine solici- tude. You cannot doubt it in view of the inquiry, addressed with so much tenderness to every youth- ful conscience, " Wilt thou not from this time cry unto me, my Father, thou art the guide of my youth." You cannot doubt it, in view of that de- light which God takes in those who consecrate unto him the dew of their youth. That quick sus- ceptibility, that tenderness of heart, that wakeful conscience, those prompt responses of the mind to the truth of God, those frequent movements in ac- cordance with the appeals of heavenly mercy, those deep and strong emotions, which are stirred within you by the power of the cross, as the Saviour from amid the scenes of his humiliation, appeals to you, •l 240 THE DAY OF GRACE. and asks your hearts as a cheerful tribute to his be- nevolence, all show that God is striving with you, and that you are very near the entrance into his kingdom. How precious to you is this your day of grace ! Would you rightly estimate its value, and fully appreciate its importance, let the testimony of inspired truth be strengthened by your own obser- vation, as you see how men depart from God as they move onward in life. He who has entered upon those scenes of active engagements to which manhood calls him, unconverted to God, may have indeed his hours of deep reflection and solemn thought, and agitated feeling, but he knows nothing of that tenderness of soul, of that susceptibility of impression, of those strivings of the Holy Spirit, which formed characteristics of his early years. Believe me, there is no day of grace, there is no season like that of youth, in which to make one's peace with God. Skeptical upon this point you may be, but against that skepticism is arrayed the testimony of the Bible, and of all, without a single exceptioD, of those who have gone before you. Nay, more than this, your honest convictions are against it ; for there is not one in early life, who hears me to-day, who, however willing he might be in respect to some worldly associations or circum- stances, to exchange places with another more ad- vanced in life, would be willing to exchange with him, if he is out of the kingdom of God, his hope in reference to eternal life. Give me then your mind, my youthful hearer, and suffer my appeal. This is your day of promise and of hope. Oh ! THE DAY OF GKACE. 241 let it not slip by unheeded and unimproved ; scat- ter not, in this spring-time of life, the seeds which can produce no other harvest than one of anguish and despair. Youth is the season of action in spiritual as well as temporal things, because the season of quick apprehension, buoyant spirits, and elastic energies. There is a season coming when there will be ice in the blood and snow on the brow, and all the emblems of winter will be thickly strewed over the man ; and if there has beeen no action before, it will be a hard thing, a scarcely possible thing, when the limb has grown rigid, and the blood has become con- gealed, to put forth the energies which a suc- cessful action demands. In spiritual things, the man who has been successful in drowning anxiety, and stifling conscience, as every man must have been, who has passed onward in life unconverted, must have closed up all the avenues through which the gospel message might find an entrance to his mind — never in after life, will he be a willing, certainly not an intelligent auditor of the message, that judgment is coming to all, and that eternity is big with terror to all who have not been born again. The state of his mind will not be adapted to grapple with so stern a communication — his appre- hension will not grasp the tidings in their length and breadth — or if we should endeavour to stir him with the touching spectacle of a Redeemer's crucifixion, his sensibilities are too benumbed to appreciate our appeal, his heart too indurated to feel its force. You might as well try to melt a 16 •I 242 THE DAY OF GEACE. substance with the same fire which hardened it, as move a man by those appliances of truth which have served hut to fasten him where he is. Thus hope becomes weaker, as time rolls on — and he who in youth might have been converted, is unim- pressible in age — precisely as the oak, which an infant might have crushed in the acorn, when rooted in the ground, defies the might of a giant's strength. Every thing, then, my youthful hearer, depends, in all human probability, upon your prompt action in this your day. Your own honest convictions accord with what I utter. The man of middle life, cumbered with the cares, and harassed with the perplexities of active business, which no more agitate his mind than indispose it for spiritual things — the aged sinner, as he trembles on the verge of the grave, shattered in body, and en- feebled in mind, unable to bring home to his conscience and heart the truths of the gospel, and essaying in vain, after some clear discovery of the way of life, — look back to you and say, in tones of emphatic and solemn warning, — " Act now." Nay more, there is a voice coming from yonder dark prison house to-day. Listen to it — it is full of meaning. It is the voice of those who passed on earth through scenes of privilege, of promise, and of hope ; and they say, " If you would not be united to us at last, in our tears and sorrows of un- availing regret, and bitter self-reflection, as we look back over the scenes of early life — now in this your day attend to the things which belong to THE DAY OF GRACE. 243 your peace." We meet you, then, to-day, my youthful hearers — some of you are just crossing the limit of this day of grace — with our kind, yet pow- erful appeal. I cannot tell its issue, hut if I could, I would write it on the conscience and "burn it into the heart. And if it fail of its end, it will yet not he lost. You will meet it again, and dread it again, and feel it again ; and when your day has gone, and your sun has sunk beneath the horizon, and a darkness which may he felt, gathers over your spirits, putting out the last ray of hope, this Sabbath day will rise up in freshness and vividness to your mind, and its remembered argument, and its recollected appeal, oh ! how they will tell upon the stricken, mourning spirit, and what an oppres- sive load will they throw upon an already over- tasked and sinking soul ! Oh ! "that you did but know, at least in this your day, the things which belong unto your peace." But if the appeal of our Saviour's lamentation has a peculiar pertinency in reference to the young, it is not without its force as addressed to others. I doubt not, my brethren, that there are some thoughtful, troubled spirits here to-day. I doubt not that in some minds, among those out of the kingdom of God, there is a conscious interest, more or less deep, upon the subject of religion. There are those who have their hours of thou^htfulness, their sincere and honest convictions, their half- formed, secretly cherished, sometimes almost ex- pressed purposes of a change. There is this pecu- liarity about such a state of mind that the things of •> 244 THE DAY OF GRACE. religion have an aspect of vividness and reality. Its subjects are not satisfied with what they are ; they cannot reconcile their position in a religious point of view with their intelligent convictions of duty or safety. Such facts, and others kindred to them, can no otherwise be explained than upon the supposition that God, in the instructive and recov- ering influences of his grace, is very near. I doubt not that he often thus acts upon and tests men when others know nothing about it, and they themselves hardly suspect the true nature and ten- dency of their mental movements. Now, I meet a man in such a state, and interpret his experiences. God is trying him — it is his day of grace and hope. I know not what he will do under the spi- ritual pressure which rests upon his mind. But I would have him feel how much hangs upon his action. He will do something ; he will pass through some processes of thought, through some mental changes. He is now doing so ; and these processes of thought, and these mental changes, will tell ; tell certainly, tell effectively ; tell, perhaps, decisively upon the question of his final, permanent spiritual condition. He is shaping his course at this very moment for a world of sorrow, or a world of joy. Such a man, in such a state, hardly needs to be taught ; he is taught already. He does not need to be moved ; he is moved already. He is in his con- sciousness a living witness to himself, and in his words and actions a demonstration to others of the reality and power of spiritual influences. It is a day of grace with him ; a day of hope ; and yet a THE DAY OF GKACE. 245 day of peril ; many a one has passed through it unchanged ; and in doing so has put away from him the words of everlasting life ; and, thereafter, a deep insensibility has fallen upon his spirit, and a thick darkness has settled upon his prospects. The Bible to him, in its promises and warnings, has been a sealed book, an unmeaning book, a powerless book. Every message of mercy has fallen upon a stupified conscience, and an indurated heart. Every step which he has taken has been onward to a cer- tain, dreadful catastrophe ; and at last he stands, the hero of many victories achieved by " the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eye, and the pride of life," over the influences of the truth and the mani- festations of the Spirit, unshaken and unaffected ; until he is awakened, at last, to find that " the har- vest is past, and the summer ended, and he is not saved." I do not know, my brethren, of a more painful spectacle than that of a man, who, having advanced far in his earthly career, confessedly without confidence and hope in God, is yet a sub- ject of spiritual indifference. You will find him wrapped up in a garment of self-satisfaction, per- fectly impenetrable — he does not need to be taught — he will not be taught in spiritual things — he may be very much obliged by the well- meant but mistaken interference of others who would endeavor to enlighten him, but he does not wish to be troubled. His path is beset by danger, but he does not see it — there are pitfalls before him, but his prejudice covers them — it is darkness 246 THE DAY OF GRACE. all around him, deep, moral, midnight ; but his vain arguments and false confidences are like meteors, which, filling the horizon and colouring the sky, make his midnight seem like the blushing of the morning — and there he is, passive and unconcern- ed, waiting till the grave opens to receive him, and destruction to engulph him. Some men wonder how any one can reach such a state. It is a painful state, but there is nothing mysterious about it. This is the secret of it — the man has sinned away his day of grace, and God has left him. And if there be a man here to-day, of thought- ful mind and awakened conscience — if there be one to whom religious truth is invested with interest ■ — who feels dissatisfied with his present spiritual position, and is convinced of the necessity of a change, I would remind him, that this blinded, and infatuated, and morally speaking, sepulchred man, whose picture we have just drawn, once had his day of grace — once passed through the very pro- cesses of thought and feeling which now belong to himself— he was once just like you. Oh, see to it that you do not, by postponing the subject of reli- gion, become just like him. My thoughtful, my convinced hearer, bear with my appeal. You have your clay of grace ; and now I press upon your attention, the mighty theme of an interest in Jesus Christ. Oh ! " that you knew, at least, in this thy day, the things which belong unto your peace" ! There is an hour coming, when, sympathising with your speaker in the views THE DAY OF GEACE. 247 he has taken, you will no more wonder at his ear- nestness and importunity. There is an hour coming, when the door of hope will be shut, and the convic- tion will be clear and irresistible, that it never again can be opened. Then will the views of men con- cerning their day of grace be vastly changed. Then the scenes through which they have passed will rise up to the view unobstructed by any of the delusions of sense, and unperverted in their fea- tures by any of the sophistries of a deceitful heart. The time when God was near, and waited to bless, will be seen to have had a meaning and a precious- ness which do not now belong to it ; and as me- mory runs back along the line of one's history, every day of promise will be seen. The season of youth, with all its susceptibility and tenderness, and quickness of feeling, the hour when in the sanc- tuary God drew near unto the soul, and the wake- fulness and reproofs of conscience demonstrated the presence and power of his spirit ; the dealings of Providence, which brought eternal realities home to his mind, all seen as gone, gone unim- proved, will all be to him, not more proofs of his certain ruin, than evidences of the doctrine that he might have been saved, had he but known in his day of grace the things which belonged to his peace. My brethren, that hour is coming ; this day of grace is rapidly passing away. This Sab- bath, this argument, this message takes so much away from the opportunities which God has afforded, while he still waits to be gracious, and his message is one of invitation. While his Spirit 248 THE DAY OF GRACE. yet moves in his quickening influences over those hearts, while the door of life is yet open, while con- science approves the claims of the truth, and the mind is accessible to the persuasive arguments of the cross ; ere the sensibilities "become callous, and a sinful world has obtained the mastery, oh ! heed the appeal, which the lamentation of the Saviour ministers with so much power. He wept over Jeru- salem because her inhabitants knew not the time of their visitation ; and if after having poured out his soul unto death, and brought to you an offer of mercy, and plied you with so many and such ten- der and forceful entreaties, he should be compelled to weep over your infatuated resistance, those tears, believe me, will be scalding drops, the torture of which the human spirit can never bear. Oh ! " that you knew, in this your day, the things which be- long unto your peace." THE NATURE OF THE ATONEMENT. " Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse for us."— Galatians iii. 13. The necessity of some wonderful expedient to restore friendship between God and his alienated creatures ; of some ground or reason of forgiveness out of, and independent of man himself, has not been more clearly taught by all just views of the character and government of our Maker, than fully demonstra- ted by the irrepressible convictions of every human bosom. " Wherewithal shall I come before my Ma- ker V' and " how shall man be just with God }" are questions, which have tried, and agitated, and palsied the mind in every age of the world. The human intellect has felt its own littleness when it has attempted to grapple with them, and no human sa- gacity or invention has availed to furnish of them any thing like a competent solution. The light manner in which some men treat these questions, and the unseemly and really flippant air with which they speak of the ease of forgiveness, and conse- quently of the scruples and anxieties of others, are due to a want of moral sensibility, which makes 250 NATUEE OF THE ATONEMENT. sin a very trifling matter in their estimation, and to an ignorance of God, which blinds them to the unsullied and necessary holiness of his character. If the wisest and purest of heathen sages, one who from many of his disclosures, seems to have caught a glimpse of light from other sources than nature's revelations, yet could never perfectly satisfy him- self as to the possibility of forgiveness, if notwith- standing all his reasonings, doubt preponderated over faith, and fear over hope, surely it cannot be a trifling question, nor one to be disposed of so ea- sily and summarily as some men suppose. An awakened conscience will start difficulties, of which spiritual insensibility never dreams ; and an intelli- gent conviction of sin will render ineffective all the efforts of human wisdom to remove them. The human mind never yet has found a rational and sat- isfactory peace, save in the light which the revela- tion of God has thrown upon the problem of for- giveness. Conscience has served only to start the question, but not to furnish the answer. It lifts an accusing voice, and heralds a coming storm, and there it leaves its subject without furnishing him with a justifying plea, or directing him to a covert from the tempest whose approach it an- nounces. Eeason ransacks the analogies of nature, but finds nothing which furnishes any help for the mastery of this wondrous problem. The works of God are full of evidences of order, magnificence and bounty, but among them all not a trace of par- don can be found. The only light which has ever broken in upon NATUEE OF THE ATONEMENT. 251 this darkness, and banished those forms of horror which walk around us in the gloom, comes from this book of God. " The word made flesh," is the revealed solution of the difficulty. u Christ and Christ crucified,' 1 is the' only source of peace and hope to the distracted and despairing spirit. With the simple narrative of the gospel we are all fami- liar. It is the story of the Son of God, clothed in our nature, tabernacling in the world. It ?s the tale of his life of suffering and his death of agony. It is human nature, illustrating by a course of un- swerving obedience, and spotless innocence, the excellence, and so magnifying the righteousness of the broken law. It is the picture of " a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief." It carries us with, him every step of a painful pilgrimage. It shews him to us as he struggles in the garden with his anticipations of coming woe, as he agonizes on the cross, carrying on there a mysterious conflict, and enduring an incomprehensible anguish, and expiring amid throes of convulsive pain with which all nature sympathized. We feel, while we read the tale, that we are communing with a singular being ; singular in the constitution of his person as harmonizing and embracing the divine and the human ; singular in all his experience, singular in his conflicts, and singular in his death ; and while we study the exhibition, we are told that in view of it God can be just, and yet forgive ; that on the ground of the doing and the suffering of Jesus Christ, pardon, full and free, may be extended to sin, to any sin, to all sin. This is the simple nar- 252 NATTJKE OF THE ATONEMENT. rative, the answer which the Bible gives to the question, " Can a man be just with God f If we have thus before us the fact, we may well summon to it our most interested attention. How many inquiries at once start up in the mind in view of it. He can hardly be said to think, who has never asked himself, how do the sufferings of Christ constitute a ground of pardon, or what is the great principle of atonement? Does the sacrifice of Christ meet the sinner's case, honoring God, and satisfying the human mind? Is the scheme throughout consistent with itself, and so completely free from difficulties as not only, to war- rant, but to demand a rational faith ? To the sub- stance of these questions, involving, as they do, the nature, reality, and reasonableness of atonement, our thoughts shall be for a few moments directed. And here, I am well aware, my brethren, that we are treading upon what, to some minds, seems to be very uncertain ground. It has been distinctly avowed, and that upon high authority, that the nature of the atonement, or how the sufferings of Jesus Christ can be a ground of pardon, is absolute- ly incomprehensible. We know it is said, merely, that God, for Christ's sake, does forgive sin — but why or how he can consistently do so, are questions about which we can merely speculate, without the possibility of arriving at certain truth. If this is so, then the very thing which it is the purpose of Christ's propitiation to declare, is as much a mys- tery now as ever' — then, though we may be assured that the atonement meets all the diffi- NATUBE OF THE ATONEMENT. 258 culties growing out of the government of God y we cannot tell whether it meets all the difficulties originating in the mind of man. It cannot, there- fore, be the subject of a rational faith, nor the source of a settled, unwavering peace. I grant you that there are some things connected with the atonement, which, to us, in our present state, are incomprehensible. We cannot unravel the mys- teries of our Saviour's person, nor fathom the depths of his anguish, nor analyze perfectly the character of his experience ; but the relation of his sufferings to our forgiveness, as its procuring cause, the manner in w r hich they become available to such a result, seems to me to involve some of the first principles of the doctrines of Christ- principles radical in the system of revealed truth, without an apprehension of which the Bible is a sealed book, and the whole plan of redemption is an inexplicable and unprofitable, and even an embarrassing mystery. If we are at a loss here, we are at a loss every where. If we do not understand these first principles, we do not understand the spirit, the essence, the very life of the gospel. The necessity of atonement (as we have already seen) grows out of the nature of God, and the nature of man— out of the nature of God, whose righteousness seems to demand the punishment of sin — out of the nature of man, whose feelings seem to demand a reparation of the past, and a preventive to the future evil of his sinfulness, in order that he may have perfect peace. Now, it strikes me as assuming the very point in dispute to 254 NATUEE OF THE ATONEMENT. say, that justice or righteousness necessarily de- mands the literal infliction of the threatened penalty, the strict and unfailing punishment of the transgressor. If it is so, in reality, that every man must receive the punishment he has merited, in order that justice may be kept unsullied, then there can be no forgiveness ; and every man who admits that there is forgiveness, admits that justice does not necessarily require a literal punishment, and that it is perfectly consistent with treating men differently from their deserts. I doubt not, my brethren, that not a little of the indistinctness which marks men's views upon this subject, arises from a want of discrimination — dis- crimination, I mean, between the ends of justice and the modes by which those ends are to be secured. The grand end is one thing, and the pri- mary and essential thing, the method of securing that end, is another thing, and comparatively speaking, unessential and unimportant. Now, sure- ly, I need not say to my hearers that the punish- ment of crime is not the end of justice — it is but means to an end itself, in the maintenance of the authority of the law-giver — the manifestation of the majesty of the law — the preserving unweaken- ed the securities of righteousness. "Wherever, and hj whatever means, rights are preserved untouch- ed and interests unimpaired, the great ends of justice are secured. The penalty attached to the law, and the infliction of it, in case of transgres- sion, are the means through which justice is to attain its ends. But can we undertake to say that KATTTEE OE THE ATOXE3IEXT. 255 they are the only supposable means ? If, indeed, these results can be reached in no other way than the literal punishment of sin, then, indeed, is the infliction of penalty essential to justice — but if we take this ground, then we again beg the question, and pronounce beforehand forgiveness on the part of God, to be impossible, because inconsistent with his character, as a just God, and an upright, moral governor. It is, however, by no means an extravagant sup- position, that cases may occur under any adminis- tration, where the infliction of punishment upon a criminal may not be necessary to answer the ends of justice. A wise parent, for example, may see in the case of a disobedient child, that the great ob- ject of parental oversight, the welfare and order of his family, may be perfectly attained, without in- flicting the punishment which had been threatened to the disobedience in question. In such a case the inquiry arises, do the claims of justice impera- tively demand a strict and literal adherence to the threatened penalty ? Has wisdom nothing to say in this matter ? Does benevolence put in here no claims which must be heard ? It is but an artful evasion to say, that there can be no goodness, no wisdom, contrary to justice ; whatever is right, must be wise and good. True, but if there can be wisdom and goodness without any conflict with justice, who will stand in the way of their mani- festation ? The great end of government is order, and suffering in case of crime, only where it is essential to order. It never seeks or inflicts suffer- 256 NATURE OF THE ATONEMENT. ing for its own sake, "but in view of some good results which are to flow from it; and if those results can be secured, w r kile at the same time the amount of suffering necessary may be diminished, where is the injury ? Goodness accomplishes its purpose, and justice is satisfied because its ends are attained. The case is a much stronger one, where the ends of justice can be better secured without, than with the literal infliction of the penalty. If I, as a parent, can discover any way in which I can better secure the welfare of my family, and exhibit the uprightness of my character, than by the literal punishment of disobedience, surely in the adoption of that method, while I exhibit my wisdom and my benevolence, I do at the same time show myself more regardful even of justice, than I should do were I to decline the adoption of such an expe- dient. Nay, in the latter case I could not, I im- agine, escape the charge of vindictiveness, a dis- position to inflict punishment for punishment's sake, irrespective of the ends to be secured by it, when I refuse to adopt a method by which the suffering might be spared, while at the same time the object of that suffering could be much more certainly and easily attained. These principles, it strikes me, are unquestiona- ble, and they commend themselves to the common sense of every thoughtful mind ; and these, I ima- gine, are the principles upon which the doctrine of atonement proceeds, and which serve most clearly to illustrate its nature. We do not indeed sup- pose that any transaction has ever taken place NATURE OF THE ATONEMENT. 257 among men which, in every respect is a parallel to the sacrificial offering of Jesus Christ ; and there are no analogies in any of God's procedures with which we can compare it ; it is a procedure per- fectly unique in its nature, without parallels and without analogies ; and yet there are many things which, when closely examined, furnish us with a key by which to unlock its mysteries, and introduce us to an acquaintance with their meaning. Now, when we look at the revelations of the Bible upon this subject, we find a being, called the Son of God, presenting exhibitions which shew him to be more than human, and yet clad in the vest- ments, and wearing all the sinless attributes of humanity; we find him going through an expe- rience of shame, suffering, and death. The untold agony which convulsed his frame, and the deep anguish which preyed upon his spirit, invest the scene with an air of mystery. We feel that this suffering must have some connection with sin. No man can read the record of the garden scene, or the scene upon the cross ; can trace the evidences of mental anguish which there present themselves, anguish over and above, and entirely different in its nature from that which was connected with the external circumstances of the sufferer, without be- ing compelled to bring, in some shape or form, sin as the only exponent of the scene. The Bible tells us that for " others' guilt the man of sorrows wept in blood." It gives the detail of his experience, and as we read it, it adds, he " was made a curse for us ;" he " bore our sins in his own body on the 17 258 NATUKE OF THE ATONEMENT. •tree." " God hath set him forth as a propitiation to declare his righteousness in the forgiveness of sin." The doctrine of atonement, as I gather it from the inspired testimony, is this : that God has substi- tuted the sufferings of his Son in place of the pun- ishment of the guilty ; and that those sufferings an- swering the great ends of justice which the threat- ened penalty contemplated, constitute a good valid reason for the remission of the penalty itself. This is the way in which the atonement becomes avail- able as a ground of forgiveness. We are forgiven, if we know any thing of forgiveness, only because the sufferings of Christ have come in the place of the punishment due to our sins, as answering the end of our punishment equally well and much better. He who underwent that great travail of his soul, clothed himself with our nature, and became one with us, not simply that he might become capable of suffering, but that he might identify himself with the nature of sinful man ; that the same nature which had sinned might suffer ; and that the relation between his sufferings, and our forgive- ness, might be at once and clearly perceived. And as we look at the whole subject, can we doubt for a moment, that his sufferings answered the great ends of justice, and preserved unsullied in its glory, and unimpaired in its sanctions, the law which had been broken, and which they were designed to sus- tain \ The infinite dignity of his person, gave an infinite value to his work. The higher and nobler the subject upon whom, in case of transgression, the NATUEE OF THE ATONEMENT. 259 law takes its course, the more impressive the lesson taught of its majesty, and the mightier the enforce- ment given to its sanctions. And if the Son of God, notwithstanding the excellence and dignity of his person and station, was not spared that bitter cup of suffering, when he consented to assume the legal responsibilities of the transgressor, what an effective lesson is taught us of that sternness which belongs to the righteousness of the eternal throne, and of the certainty that sin shall receive its just award ? Take any view of penalty you please, and see if its ends are not better answered upon the cross. "What lesson does it teach, which is not bet- ter taught — what warning does it utter which is not more distinctly heard — what security for order and righteousness is gathered from it which is not better gathered from the cross ? Every thing which punishment, in its own nature, as a mere sanction of law, involves, is involved in the great sacrificial offering of Jesus Christ — and more — for punishment, strictly speaking, has no remedial influence about it. Penalty contemplates not so much the good of the offender, as the good of the community or state whose rights he has outraged and whose interests he has sacrificed. The atone- ment of Jesus Christ contemplates both. By one and the same means, it upholds and illustrates the righteousness of God, and reforms and renews the guilty. It constitutes the mightiest, nay the only power which can be brought to bear upon the' alienated heart, and recover it to the love and ser- vice of its rightful Sovereign ; and thus it gives to 260 NATTTKE OF THE ATONEMENT. justice all its claims, and affords goodness free scope for its exercise ; makes kindness to the sinner con- sistent with righteousness — blends mercy and truth, good will and justice together, shewing to every intelligent being, how God can be just and yet justify the sinner. And if this is so, what difficulty can there be in clearly comprehending the doctrine of atonement, when it amounts simply to this: the sufferings of Christ are substituted in the place of my punishment, and thus secure my forgive- ness, while they answer a much better end, and teach far more impressively all the lessons of penalty, than my punishment could in any circum- stance possibly have done. To sustain this view of atonement, I know we must consider the sufferings of Christ as strictly vicarious — to be available to me as a sinner, those sufferings must come in the place of my punish- ment. I can, upon no other principle, understand the doctrine of atonement ; and if I greatly mis- take not the spirit of the Bible, this idea pervades and gives meaning to all its teachings. The very terms which it uses to describe the Redeemer's work, are borrowed from sacrificial offerings, every one of which in its own nature implies a transfer of some kind from the person sacrificing to the victim sacrificed. The whole Jewish ritual, which derived its meaning and importance and value from a Redeemer's atonement, which was, in fact, but a shadow of good things to come, is full of the same idea — and when you see, under that ritual, the offender bringing his victim to the altar — when NATUEE OF THE ATONEMENT. 261 you see the high priest, on the great day of expia- tion, confessing the sins of the whole congregation over the head of the scape goat, it would be mar- vellously strange, if, when we come to the suffer- ings of Christ, which they were intended to typify, we should find nothing at all to correspond with the essential idea of the type. "We confess to our fixed, settled conviction on this point, that if you take away from the sacrifice of Christ the idea of a strict substitution, and convert it into a mere instructive or declarative lesson, you take away that which constitutes the very nature of atone- ment, and render the whole story of our Eedeem- er's passion a tale of inexplicable mystery. With- out this idea, the Bible, to my mind, is a sealed book. I may open its pages and read, but upon every leaf there rest " shadows, clouds, and dark- ness," which conceal the meaning of every one of its passages from my view. And yet, while I stand so strongly by the vica- riousness of Christ's sacrifice, as an essential truth of revelation, I am not to be considered as inti- mating that there is any thing like a transfer of personal character or desert from the guilty to their surety. We do not require to be told that sin and righteousness are moral and personal qual- ities and acts, and therefore cannot be transferred — we know it. The beings for whom Christ suf- fered, are none the less sinners because Christ suffered for them, nor was Christ the less innocent because he " bare their sins in his own body on the tree ;" andjret, while we agree to the moral inipos- 262 NATUEE OF THE ATONEMENT. sibility of transferring moral qualities or acts, we see no such impossibility in transferring their legal connections. Such a principle is common in the administration of God — to a certain extent, it is common in the transactions of human govern- ments; and, while we see children suffering every day for the sins of their forefathers, in which they had no agency ; while men suffer for the mistakes, the faults, the sins of their rulers and representa- tives, which they themselves abhor and disavow, it is idle for any one to say that it is absurd to sup- pose that Christ could assume the liabilities of the guilty, and so "suffer the just for the unjust. 1 ' Nor do we mean that the vicariousness of Christ's sacrifice implies that the threatened penalty of the law was literally inflicted upon him, and that he suffered in kind and amount precisely what all men would have suffered had he not offered his atone- ment. Such a notion, constituting as it does the only idea which some men have of atonement, is, to say the least of it, exceedingly crude ; and when examined is seen to be wholly untenable. In the very nature of things penalty inflicted upon the personally guilty must be different from the suffer- ing for sin endured by one who is personally inno- cent. If I choose to step in between an offender and a violated statute to screen him from punish- ment by suffering in his place that which will honour and sustain the law, it is perfectly absurd to say that my experience must be precisely the same with the experience of the offender, as it would have been had he endured the threatened penalty ; the ab- NATURE OF THE ATONEMENT. 263 sence, in the one case, and the presence in the other case of all sense of personal sinfulness and desert of punishment, must essentially alter the expe- rience. The sufferings of the Redeemer, therefore, could not possibly have been what the penalty of the law would have been had it been literally in- flicted on the personal offenders. The idea, moreover, that the atonement of Christ consisted in his suffering what those for whom he atoned deserved to suffer, is, in my apprehension, a contradiction of the very nature of atonement. Its source is goodness, as its design is to diminish the amount of suffering resulting from sin ; and its wisdom is apparent from the fact, that it secures the great ends of the divine government at a less expense than the literal infliction of the penalty upon all offenders. But if Christ suffered in kind and amount precisely what all the redeemed would have suffered, what is gained ? where is the goodness, where is the wisdom of God's wondrous plan of mercy ? There is just as much suffering with the atonement as there would have been without it ; and nothing, absolutely nothing is gained by this wondrous expedient, which fills all heaven with astonishment, which is to give its greatest glory and brightness to a world of light, and pour its richness and sweetness into its eternal song, but a simple transfer of punishment from the guilty to the innocent. "We have no such idea of atonement. The sufferings of the Redeemer were indeed vicarious, strictly so, inasmuch as he stood in the place of man when he suffered — putting his